]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
update TODO
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 243 in spe:
4
5 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
6 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
8 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
9 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
10 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
11 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
12 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
13
14 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
15 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
16 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
17 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
18 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
19 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
20 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
21 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
22 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
23 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
24 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
25 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
26 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
27 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
28 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
29 documentation.
30
31 * The "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to 4194304 by default,
32 i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up from the old 16bit
33 range. This should improve security and robustness a bit, as PID
34 collisions are made less likely (though certainly still
35 possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
36 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
37 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
38 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
39 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
40 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
41 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
42 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now only a
43 single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been concerns
44 that usability is affected by this change because larger PID numbers
45 are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digit PIDs to 7
46 digit PIDs is not too hampering for usability.
47
48 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
49 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
50 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
51 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
52
53 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
54 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
55
56 * A new setting DisableControllers= has been added that may be used to
57 explicitly disable one or more cgroups controllers for a unit and all
58 its children.
59
60 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
61 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
62 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
63 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
64 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
65 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
66 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
67 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
68 caught up with the kernel API changes.
69
70 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
71 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
72 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
73 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as
74 appropriate. The default was changed based on the assumption that
75 quick one-off or repeated development builds are much more common
76 than full optimized builds for installation, and people need to pass
77 various other options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the
78 gain from making development builds quicker is bigger than the one
79 time disruption for packagers.
80
81 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
82 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
83
84 build/man/man systemctl
85 build/man/html systemd.index
86
87 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
88 Please use -Dlibidn=true when libidn is favorable.
89
90 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
91 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
92 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
93 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
94 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
95 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
96
97 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
98 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
99 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
100 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
101 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
102 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
103 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
104 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
105 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
106 unambiguously distinguished.
107
108 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
109 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit code names (e.g. "DATAERR" is
110 equivalent to "65"). systemd-analyze learnt a new 'exit-codes' verb
111 to display those exit code name mappings.
112
113 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
114 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
115 very rarely used.
116
117 To replace this functionality, users should:
118 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
119 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
120 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
121 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
122 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
123
124 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
125 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
126 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
127 interfaces should really be matched.
128
129 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
130 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
131 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
132 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
133 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
134 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
135
136 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
137 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
138 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
139 stop the whole unit.
140
141 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
142 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
143 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
144 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
145 generated whenever a unit stops.
146
147 * Units may now configure an explicit time-out to wait for when killed
148 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
149 the regular TimeoutStopSec= time-out was applied in this case too —
150 now a separate time-out may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
151
152 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
153 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
154 request service take down. This is useful both for testing watchdog
155 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
156 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
157
158 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
159 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
160 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
161 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
162 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
163 programs set up externally.
164
165 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
166 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
167 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
168 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
169
170 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
171 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
172 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
173 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
174 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
175 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
176 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
177
178 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
179 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
180 debugging easier. After a longer time-out they are forcibly killed,
181 as before.
182
183 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
184 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
185 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
186 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
187 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
188 links on terminals that support that.
189
190 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
191 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
192 unmounted safely during shutdown.
193
194 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
195
196 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
197 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
198 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
199 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers
200 are skipped from being cached while keeping the same cache heuristics
201 for positive answers. The default remains as "yes" (i.e. caching is
202 enabled).
203
204 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
205 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
206
207 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
208 interfaces natively.
209
210 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
211 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
212 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
213 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
214
215 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
216 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
217 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
218 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
219 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
220 RELEASE message when terminating.
221
222 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
223 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
224
225 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
226 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
227 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
228 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
229 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
230 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
231 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
232
233 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
234 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
235 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
236 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
237 added to the GENEVE support.
238
239 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
240 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
241 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
242 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
243 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
244
245 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
246 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
247 onto the network device.
248
249 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
250 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
251 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
252 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
253 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
254
255 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
256 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
257 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
258
259 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
260 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
261
262 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
263 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
264 statistics.
265
266 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
267 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
268 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
269
270 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
271 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
272 specific udev properties.
273
274 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
275 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
276 "lo" as underlying device.
277
278 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
279 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
280 IP addresses, too.
281
282 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
283 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
284 the kernel command line, compatible with the format Dracut expects.
285
286 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
287 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
288 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
289
290 * systemd-analyze gained a new "timestamp" verb for parsing and
291 converting timestamps. It's similar to the existing "systemd-analyze
292 calendar" command which does the same for recurring calendar
293 events. It also gained a new "condition" verb for parsing and testing
294 ConditionXYZ= expressions.
295
296 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
297 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
298 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
299 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
300 devices securely with strict requirements on session
301 membership. Desktop environments may use this to generically make
302 brightness changes to such devices without shipping private SUID
303 binaries or specific udev rules for that purpose.
304
305 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
306 a device to be initialized.
307
308 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
309 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
310 used to configure device timeouts for waiting for the hibernation
311 device to show up.
312
313 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
314 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
315 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
316 with GCC's cleanup extension.
317
318 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
319 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
320 with printf().
321
322 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
323 XML introspection data unmodified.
324
325 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
326 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
327 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
328 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
329
330 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
331 /etc/systemd/system.conf. It allows configuration of a watchdog
332 timeout to write to a hardware watchdog device on kexec-based
333 reboots. Previously this functionality was only available for regular
334 reboots. This option defaults to off, since it depends on drivers and
335 software setup whether the watchdog is correctly reset again after
336 the kexec completed, and thus for the general case not clear if safe
337 (since it might cause unwanted watchdog reboots after the kexec
338 completed otherwise). Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting
339 has been renamed to RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate
340 what it is about. The old name of the setting is still accepted for
341 compatibility.
342
343 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
344 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows selecting
345 a different tty than the built-in default.
346
347 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
348 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
349 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
350 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
351 (for exit code 255 or cases of abnormal termination).
352
353 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
354 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
355 review.
356
357 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
358 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
359
360 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
361 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
362
363 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
364 failures to apply them are now ignored.
365
366 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
367 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
368 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
369 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
370
371 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for the
372 point in time where the kernel's entropy pool is fully
373 initialized. Order services that require /dev/urandom to be correctly
374 initialized after this service.
375
376 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
377 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
378 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
379 crytographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
380 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
381 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
382 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
383 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
384 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
385 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
386 replicated to multiple systems.
387
388 * bootctl gained a new verb "is-installed" that checks whether
389 systemd-boot is currently installed.
390
391 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
392 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
393
394 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
395
396 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
397 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
398 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
399 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
400 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
401
402 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
403 option that permits selecting the timout how long to wait for a
404 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
405
406 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Andrej
407 Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera,
408 Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down,
409 Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy, Connor Reeder, Daniele Medri, Dan
410 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
411 Ray, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas Christman, Eric DeVolder,
412 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor, Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Franck
413 Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, Hans de Goede, Iago López Galeiras,
414 Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob Unterwurzacher,
415 Jan Klötzke, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jeka Pats, Jérémy Rosen, Jiri
416 Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
417 Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski, Kai Lüke, Karel
418 Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy, Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering,
419 Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus
420 Felten, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop,
421 Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar,
422 Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, mpe85, Network Silence, Oliver Harley,
423 pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE, Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr
424 Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Roberto Santalla, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
425 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
426 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
427 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Topi Miettinen,
428 ven, Wieland Hoffmann, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach
429 Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
430
431 – Somewhere, SOME-TI-ME
432
433 CHANGES WITH 242:
434
435 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
436 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
437 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
438 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
439 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
440 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
441 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
442
443 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
444 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
445
446 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
447 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
448 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
449 may be used to view this.
450
451 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
452 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
453 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
454 ```
455 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
456 [Match]
457 Type=bridge
458
459 [Link]
460 MACAddressPolicy=none
461 ```
462
463 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
464 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
465 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
466 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
467 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
468 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
469 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
470
471 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
472 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
473
474 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
475 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
476
477 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
478 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
479
480 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
481 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
482 is a USB peripheral).
483
484 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
485 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
486 measured.
487
488 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
489 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
490 have privileges to do so).
491
492 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
493 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
494 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
495
496 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
497 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
498 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
499 namespace.
500
501 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
502 in which case environment variable substitution is
503 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
504
505 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
506 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
507 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
508 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
509 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
510
511 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
512 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
513 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
514 installed CPU cores.
515
516 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
517 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
518 kernel 4.15.
519
520 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
521 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
522 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
523 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
524 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
525
526 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
527 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
528 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
529
530 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
531 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
532 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
533 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
534 enslaved devices is not operational.
535
536 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
537 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
538
539 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
540 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
541 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
542 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
543 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
544 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
545
546 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
547 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
548
549 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
550
551 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
552 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
553 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
554
555 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
556 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
557
558 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
559 configure CAN triple sampling.
560
561 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
562 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
563
564 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
565 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
566 details.
567
568 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
569 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
570 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
571 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
572 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
573 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
574
575 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
576
577 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
578 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
579 controlling project quota inheritance.
580
581 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
582 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
583 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
584 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
585 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
586 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
587 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
588 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
589 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
590 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
591 partition.
592
593 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
594 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
595 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
596 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
597 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
598
599 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
600 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
601
602 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
603 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
604 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
605 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
606 be used in production yet.
607
608 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
609 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
610 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
611 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
612 input, output, and error are set up.
613
614 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
615
616 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
617 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
618 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
619
620 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
621 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
622 the specified expression will elapse next.
623
624 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
625 introspection data.
626
627 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
628 the reboot() system call expects.
629
630 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
631 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
632 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
633
634 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
635 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
636 ConditionVirtualization=).
637
638 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
639 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
640 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
641 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
642 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
643 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
644 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
645 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
646 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
647 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
648 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
649 during reboot with their own operations.
650
651 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
652 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
653 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
654 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
655
656 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
657 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
658 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
659 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
660 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
661
662 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
663 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
664
665 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
666 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
667 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
668 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
669 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
670 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
671 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
672 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
673 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
674
675 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
676 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
677 prohibited.
678
679 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
680 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
681 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
682 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
683 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
684 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
685 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
686 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
687
688 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
689 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
690 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
691 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
692 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
693 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
694 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
695 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
696 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
697 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
698 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
699 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
700 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
701 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
702 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
703 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
704 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
705 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
706
707 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
708
709 CHANGES WITH 241:
710
711 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
712 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
713 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
714
715 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
716 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
717 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
718 include the package release information.
719
720 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
721 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
722 option.
723
724 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
725 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
726 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
727
728 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
729 again.
730
731 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
732 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
733 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
734 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
735 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
736 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
737 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
738 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
739 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
740 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
741 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
742 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
743 installed .link files to *not* include it.
744
745 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
746 "persistent", now works again as documented.
747
748 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
749 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
750
751 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
752 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
753 used for side-channel attacks.
754
755 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
756 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
757 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
758
759 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
760 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
761 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
762 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
763 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
764 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
765
766 fs.protected_regular = 0
767 fs.protected_fifos = 0
768
769 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
770 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
771
772 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
773 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
774 POSIX shells.
775
776 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
777 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
778
779 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
780 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
781 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
782 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
783 points but otherwise empty.
784
785 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
786 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
787 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
788
789 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
790 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
791
792 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
793 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
794
795 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
796 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
797 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
798 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
799 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
800 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
801 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
802 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
803 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
804 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
805 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
806 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
807 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
808 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
809 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
810 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
811 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
812
813 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
814
815 CHANGES WITH 240:
816
817 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
818 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
819 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
820 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
821 an SELinux policy update is required.
822 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
823
824 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
825 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
826 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
827 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
828 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
829 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
830 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
831 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
832 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
833 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
834
835 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
836 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
837 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
838 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
839 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
840 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
841 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
842 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
843 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
844 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
845 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
846 the search path.
847
848 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
849 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
850 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
851 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
852 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
853 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
854 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
855 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
856 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
857 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
858 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
859 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
860 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
861 start job.
862
863 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
864 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
865 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
866 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
867 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
868 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
869 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
870 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
871 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
872 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
873
874 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
875 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
876 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
877 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
878 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
879 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
880 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
881 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
882 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
883 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
884 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
885 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
886 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
887 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
888 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
889 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
890 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
891 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
892 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
893 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
894 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
895 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
896 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
897 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
898 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
899 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
900 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
901 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
902 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
903 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
904 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
905 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
906 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
907 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
908 Java.)
909
910 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
911 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
912 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
913 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
914 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
915 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
916 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
917 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
918 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
919 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
920
921 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
922 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
923 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
924 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
925 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
926 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
927
928 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
929 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
930 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
931 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
932 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
933
934 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
935 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
936
937 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
938 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
939 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
940
941 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
942 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
943
944 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
945 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
946 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
947
948 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
949 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
950 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
951 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
952 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
953 latency.
954
955 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
956 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
957
958 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
959 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
960 instance part of a unit name.
961
962 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
963 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
964 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
965 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
966 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
967 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
968 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
969 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
970 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
971
972 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
973 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
974 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
975 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
976
977 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
978 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
979 to a file, and appending to it.
980
981 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
982 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
983 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
984 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
985 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
986 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
987
988 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
989 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
990 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
991 having to touch C code.
992
993 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
994 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
995
996 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
997 DNS-over-TLS.
998
999 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1000 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1001 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1002
1003 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1004 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1005 until the system finished start-up.
1006
1007 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1008
1009 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1010 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1011 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1012 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1013 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1014 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1015 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1016
1017 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1018 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1019 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1020 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1021 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1022 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1023 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1024 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1025 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1026 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1027 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1028 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1029
1030 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1031 instantiate services.
1032
1033 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1034 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1035
1036 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1037 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
1038 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
1039
1040 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
1041 it is neither used nor maintained.
1042
1043 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1044 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
1045 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
1046 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
1047 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
1048 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
1049 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
1050 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
1051 separated by colons.
1052
1053 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
1054 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
1055
1056 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
1057 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
1058
1059 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
1060 "ethtool advertise" commands.
1061
1062 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
1063 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
1064 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
1065 directly.
1066
1067 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
1068 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
1069 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
1070 ID.
1071
1072 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
1073 and generate various 128bit IDs.
1074
1075 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
1076 and LOGO=.
1077
1078 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
1079 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
1080 from any hibernated image.
1081
1082 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
1083 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
1084 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
1085 kernel exports them.
1086
1087 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
1088 /usr/bin/.
1089
1090 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
1091 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
1092 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
1093 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
1094 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
1095 now documented here:
1096
1097 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
1098
1099 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
1100 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
1101 installs during early boot.
1102
1103 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
1104 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
1105
1106 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
1107 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
1108
1109 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
1110 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
1111 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
1112
1113 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
1114 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
1115 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
1116 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
1117 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
1118 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
1119 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
1120 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
1121 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
1122 is on AC power.
1123
1124 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
1125 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
1126 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
1127 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
1128 see:
1129
1130 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
1131
1132 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
1133 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
1134 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
1135 and container environments.
1136
1137 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
1138 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
1139 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
1140 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
1141
1142 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
1143 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
1144 journald per-service.
1145
1146 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
1147 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
1148
1149 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
1150 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
1151 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
1152 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
1153
1154 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
1155 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
1156 groups.
1157
1158 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
1159 --ephemeral command line switch.
1160
1161 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
1162 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
1163 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
1164 object itself.
1165
1166 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
1167 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
1168 not unloaded).
1169
1170 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
1171 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
1172 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
1173
1174 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
1175 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
1176 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
1177 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
1178 "dead" state on success.
1179
1180 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
1181 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
1182 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
1183 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
1184 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
1185 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
1186 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
1187 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
1188 well-defined system service context.
1189
1190 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
1191 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
1192 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
1193 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
1194
1195 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
1196 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
1197 continue to be used.
1198
1199 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
1200 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
1201 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
1202 for example:
1203
1204 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
1205
1206 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
1207 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
1208 the command line's exit code.
1209
1210 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
1211
1212 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
1213
1214 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
1215 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
1216 support to systemctl and all other commands.
1217
1218 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
1219 name as argument.
1220
1221 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
1222 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
1223 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
1224 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
1225 is improved.
1226
1227 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
1228 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
1229 initialize one to all 0xFF.
1230
1231 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
1232 all files and directories listed in
1233 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
1234 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
1235 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
1236 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
1237 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
1238 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
1239 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
1240 the transition to the host OS.
1241
1242 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
1243 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
1244 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
1245 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
1246 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
1247 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
1248 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
1249 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
1250 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
1251 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
1252 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
1253 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
1254 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
1255 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
1256 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
1257 these are opened they don't work.
1258
1259 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
1260 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
1261 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
1262 logic works again.
1263
1264 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
1265 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
1266 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
1267 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
1268 ignore it.
1269
1270 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
1271 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
1272 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
1273 commands.
1274
1275 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
1276 pam_systemd anymore.
1277
1278 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
1279 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
1280 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
1281 policy took effect.
1282
1283 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
1284 python-3.5.
1285
1286 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
1287 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
1288 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
1289 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
1290 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
1291 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
1292 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
1293 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
1294 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
1295 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
1296 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
1297 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
1298 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
1299 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
1300 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
1301 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
1302 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1303 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
1304 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
1305 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
1306 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
1307 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
1308 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
1309 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
1310 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
1311 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
1312 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1313 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
1314 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
1315 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
1316 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
1317 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
1318 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
1319 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
1320 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
1321 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
1322 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
1323 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
1324 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
1325 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
1326 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
1327 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
1328 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
1329 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
1330 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
1331
1332 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
1333
1334 CHANGES WITH 239:
1335
1336 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
1337 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
1338 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
1339 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
1340 a slot number associated.
1341
1342 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
1343 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
1344 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
1345 independent.
1346
1347 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
1348 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
1349 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1350
1351 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
1352 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
1353 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
1354 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1355
1356 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
1357 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
1358 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
1359 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
1360 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
1361 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
1362 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
1363 e.g. NIS.
1364
1365 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
1366 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
1367 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
1368 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
1369 may be necessary to update the file.
1370
1371 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
1372 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
1373 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
1374 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
1375 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
1376 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
1377 documentation.
1378
1379 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
1380 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
1381 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
1382 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
1383 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
1384 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
1385 them.
1386
1387 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
1388 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
1389 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
1390 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
1391 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
1392
1393 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
1394 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
1395 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
1396 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
1397 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
1398 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
1399 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
1400 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
1401
1402 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
1403 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
1404 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
1405 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
1406 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
1407
1408 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
1409 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
1410 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
1411 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
1412 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
1413
1414 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
1415 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
1416 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
1417
1418 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
1419 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
1420 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
1421 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
1422 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
1423 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
1424 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
1425 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
1426 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
1427 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
1428 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
1429 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
1430 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
1431 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
1432 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
1433 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
1434 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
1435 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
1436 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
1437 from.
1438
1439 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
1440 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
1441 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
1442 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
1443
1444 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1445 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1446 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1447 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1448
1449 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1450 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1451 hibernates again.
1452
1453 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1454 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1455
1456 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1457 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1458 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1459
1460 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1461 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1462 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1463 was not configurable and set to 512.
1464
1465 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1466 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1467 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1468 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1469 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1470 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1471 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1472 in particular su and sudo.
1473
1474 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1475 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1476 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1477 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1478 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1479 services.
1480
1481 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1482 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1483 files should work for hibernation now.
1484
1485 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1486 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1487 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1488 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1489 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1490 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1491 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1492 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1493 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1494 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1495 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1496 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1497 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1498 name following the last dash.
1499
1500 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1501 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1502 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1503 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1504 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1505
1506 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1507 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1508 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1509 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1510 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1511 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1512
1513 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1514 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1515 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1516 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1517
1518 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1519 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1520 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1521 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1522 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1523
1524 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1525 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1526 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1527 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1528 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1529 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1530 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1531 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1532 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1533 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1534 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1535 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1536 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1537
1538 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1539 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1540 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1541 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1542 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1543 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1544 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1545 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1546 settings.
1547
1548 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1549 expiration feature, if it is available.
1550
1551 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1552 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1553 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1554
1555 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1556 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1557
1558 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1559
1560 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1561 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1562
1563 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1564 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1565 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1566 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1567 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1568 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1569 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1570 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1571 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1572 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1573 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1574
1575 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1576 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1577 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1578 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1579
1580 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1581 about its state.
1582
1583 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1584 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1585 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1586 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1587
1588 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1589 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1590 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1591 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1592 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1593 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1594 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1595 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1596 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1597 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1598 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1599
1600 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1601 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1602
1603 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1604 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1605 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1606 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1607 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1608 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1609
1610 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1611 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1612 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1613 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1614 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1615 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1616 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1617
1618 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1619 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1620 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1621 shown.)
1622
1623 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1624 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1625 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1626 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1627 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1628 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1629 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1630 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1631 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1632
1633 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1634 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1635 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1636
1637 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1638 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1639 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1640 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1641 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1642 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1643 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1644 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1645
1646 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1647
1648 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1649 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1650 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1651
1652 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1653 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1654
1655 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1656 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1657 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1658
1659 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1660
1661 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1662
1663 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1664 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1665
1666 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1667 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1668 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1669 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1670 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1671 external user databases.
1672
1673 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1674 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1675 refused due to the enforced limits.
1676
1677 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1678 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1679 manages.
1680
1681 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1682 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1683 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1684 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1685 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1686 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1687 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1688 where this is now used by default.
1689
1690 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1691 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1692
1693 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1694 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1695 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1696 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1697 update process in a generic way.
1698
1699 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1700
1701 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1702 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1703 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1704 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1705 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1706 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1707 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1708 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1709 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1710 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1711 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1712 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1713 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1714 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1715 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1716 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1717 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1718 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1719 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1720 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1721 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1722 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1723 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1724 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1725 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1726 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1727 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1728 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1729 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1730
1731 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1732
1733 CHANGES WITH 238:
1734
1735 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1736 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1737 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1738 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1739 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1740 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1741 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1742 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1743 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1744 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1745 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1746 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1747 to revert this change.
1748
1749 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1750 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1751 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1752 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1753 once at the end of the transaction.
1754
1755 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1756 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1757 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1758 scripts.
1759
1760 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1761 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1762 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1763 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1764 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1765 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1766 still allowing local admin overrides.
1767
1768 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1769 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1770 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1771
1772 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1773 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1774 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1775 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1776 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1777
1778 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1779 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1780 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1781 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1782 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1783 from package installation scripts.
1784
1785 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1786 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1787 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1788
1789 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1790 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1791
1792 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1793 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1794 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1795
1796 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1797 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1798 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1799 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1800
1801 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1802 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1803 which are triggered meanwhile).
1804
1805 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1806 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1807 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1808 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1809 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1810
1811 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1812 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1813 rotated very quickly.
1814
1815 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1816 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1817 pending bus messages.
1818
1819 * systemd gained a new
1820 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1821 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1822 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1823 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1824 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1825 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1826 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1827 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1828 session scope.
1829
1830 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1831 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1832 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1833 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1834 the tree to be accessed.
1835
1836 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1837 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1838 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1839
1840 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1841 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1842 to keys in the main keyring.
1843
1844 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1845
1846 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1847 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1848
1849 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1850
1851 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1852 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1853 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1854 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1855 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1856 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1857 explicitly.
1858
1859 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1860 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1861
1862 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1863 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1864 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1865 be restarted.
1866
1867 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1868 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1869
1870 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1871 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1872 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1873 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1874 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1875 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1876 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1877 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1878 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1879 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1880 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1881 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1882 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1883 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1884 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1885 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1886
1887 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1888
1889 CHANGES WITH 237:
1890
1891 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1892 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1893 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1894 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1895
1896 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1897 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1898 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1899 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1900 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1901 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1902 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1903 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1904 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1905 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1906
1907 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1908 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1909 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1910 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1911 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1912 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1913 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1914 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1915 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1916 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1917
1918 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1919 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1920 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1921 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1922 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1923 now provides explicit control.
1924
1925 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1926 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1927 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1928 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1929 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1930 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1931 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1932
1933 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1934 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1935 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1936
1937 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1938 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1939
1940 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1941 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1942 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1943 versions.
1944
1945 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1946 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1947 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1948 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1949 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1950 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1951 understands RapidCommit=.
1952
1953 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1954 Delegation.
1955
1956 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1957 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1958 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1959 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1960 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1961 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1962 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1963 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1964 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1965
1966 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1967 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1968 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1969 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1970 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1971 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1972 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1973 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1974 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1975 "Disconnected" signals).
1976
1977 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1978 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1979 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1980 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1981 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1982 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1983 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1984 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1985 round-trips are removed.
1986
1987 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1988 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1989 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1990 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1991
1992 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1993 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1994 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1995 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1996 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1997 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1998
1999 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2000 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2001 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2002 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2003 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2004 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2005 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2006 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2007 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2008 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2009
2010 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2011 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2012 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2013 when the event source is destroyed.
2014
2015 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2016 connections.
2017
2018 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2019 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2020 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2021 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2022 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2023 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2024 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2025
2026 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2027 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2028 manager.
2029
2030 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2031 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2032 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2033 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2034 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2035
2036 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2037 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
2038 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
2039 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
2040 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
2041 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
2042
2043 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
2044 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
2045 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
2046 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
2047 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
2048 level/target is given as an argument.
2049
2050 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
2051 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
2052 where UID and GID do not match.
2053
2054 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
2055 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
2056 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
2057 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
2058 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2059 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
2060 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
2061 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
2062 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
2063 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
2064 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
2065 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
2066 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
2067 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
2068 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
2069 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
2070 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
2071 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
2072 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
2073 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
2074 Палаузов
2075
2076 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2077
2078 CHANGES WITH 236:
2079
2080 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
2081 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
2082 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
2083 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
2084
2085 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
2086 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
2087 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
2088 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
2089 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
2090 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
2091 valid specifiers today.)
2092
2093 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
2094 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
2095 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
2096 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
2097 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
2098 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
2099
2100 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
2101 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
2102 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
2103 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
2104
2105 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
2106 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
2107 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
2108 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
2109 services are resolved properly.
2110
2111 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
2112 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
2113 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
2114 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
2115 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
2116 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
2117 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
2118 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
2119 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
2120 and btrfs.
2121
2122 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
2123 DNS server and domain information.
2124
2125 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
2126 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
2127 runtime.
2128
2129 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
2130 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
2131 empty for the first time.
2132
2133 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
2134 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
2135 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
2136 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
2137 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
2138 running in the user session.
2139
2140 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
2141 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
2142 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
2143 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
2144 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
2145 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
2146 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
2147 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
2148 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
2149 user instance).
2150
2151 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
2152 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
2153
2154 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
2155 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
2156 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
2157 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
2158
2159 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
2160 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
2161
2162 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
2163 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
2164 sleep verbs.
2165
2166 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
2167
2168 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
2169 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
2170
2171 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
2172
2173 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
2174 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
2175 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
2176
2177 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
2178 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
2179 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
2180 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
2181 instance.
2182
2183 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
2184 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
2185 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
2186
2187 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
2188 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
2189 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
2190
2191 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
2192
2193 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
2194 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
2195 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
2196 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
2197 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
2198 processes.
2199
2200 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
2201 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
2202 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
2203 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
2204
2205 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
2206 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
2207 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
2208
2209 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
2210 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
2211 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
2212 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
2213 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
2214
2215 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
2216 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
2217
2218 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
2219 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
2220 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
2221 time the specified expression would elapse.
2222
2223 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
2224 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
2225 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
2226 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
2227 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
2228 types, not just services.
2229
2230 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
2231 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
2232 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
2233 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
2234
2235 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
2236 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
2237 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
2238 interface for this purpose.
2239
2240 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
2241 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
2242 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
2243 anyway.
2244
2245 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
2246 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
2247 requirements of systemd.
2248
2249 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
2250 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
2251 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
2252
2253 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
2254 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
2255 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
2256 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
2257
2258 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
2259 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
2260 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
2261 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
2262
2263 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
2264 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
2265
2266 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
2267 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
2268 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
2269 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
2270 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
2271 managing software supports (such as pppd).
2272
2273 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
2274 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
2275 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
2276
2277 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
2278 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
2279 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
2280 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
2281 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
2282 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
2283 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
2284 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
2285 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
2286 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
2287 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
2288 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
2289 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
2290 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
2291 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
2292 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
2293 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
2294 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2295 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
2296 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
2297 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2298 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2299 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2300
2301 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
2302
2303 CHANGES WITH 235:
2304
2305 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
2306 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
2307 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
2308 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
2309 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2310 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
2311 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
2312 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
2313 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
2314 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
2315 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
2316 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
2317 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
2318 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
2319 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
2320 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
2321 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
2322 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
2323 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
2324 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
2325 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
2326 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
2327 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
2328 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
2329 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
2330 IPAddressDeny= see below.
2331
2332 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
2333 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
2334 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
2335 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
2336 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
2337 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
2338 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
2339 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
2340
2341 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
2342 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
2343 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
2344 used to change those values.
2345
2346 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
2347 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
2348 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
2349 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
2350 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
2351 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
2352
2353 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
2354 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
2355 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
2356 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
2357
2358 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
2359 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
2360 one top-level directory.
2361
2362 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2363 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
2364 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
2365 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
2366 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
2367 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
2368 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
2369 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
2370 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
2371 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
2372 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
2373 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
2374 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
2375 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
2376 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
2377
2378 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
2379 Meson-only.
2380
2381 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
2382 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
2383 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
2384 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
2385 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
2386 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
2387 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
2388 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
2389 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
2390 acceptable to us.
2391
2392 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
2393 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
2394 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
2395 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
2396 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
2397 requested at build time.
2398
2399 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
2400 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
2401 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
2402 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
2403 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
2404 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
2405 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
2406 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
2407 Type= setting which permits configuring
2408 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
2409
2410 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
2411 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
2412 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
2413 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
2414 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
2415 local frames between bridge ports.
2416
2417 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
2418 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
2419 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
2420
2421 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
2422 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
2423
2424 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
2425 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
2426 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
2427 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
2428
2429 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
2430 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
2431 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
2432 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
2433 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
2434 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
2435 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
2436 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
2437
2438 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
2439 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
2440 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
2441 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
2442 command.)
2443
2444 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2445 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2446 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2447
2448 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2449 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2450 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2451 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2452
2453 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2454 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2455 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2456 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2457 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2458 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2459 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2460 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2461 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2462 on systems where this is not supported.
2463
2464 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2465 sockets.
2466
2467 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2468 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2469 during runtime.
2470
2471 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2472 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2473 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2474
2475 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2476 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2477 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2478
2479 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2480 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2481 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2482 Following this logic, two new special targets
2483 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2484 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2485 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2486
2487 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2488 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2489 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2490 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2491
2492 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2493 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2494 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2495 --wait".
2496
2497 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2498 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2499 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2500 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2501 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2502 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2503 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2504 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2505 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2506
2507 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2508 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2509 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2510 invocation.
2511
2512 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2513 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2514 processes.
2515
2516 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2517 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2518 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2519 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2520 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2521 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2522 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2523 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2524 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2525 systems for all five operations.
2526
2527 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2528 the system.
2529
2530 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2531 than UTC or the local timezone.
2532
2533 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2534 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2535 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2536 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2537 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2538 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2539 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2540 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2541
2542 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2543 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2544 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2545 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2546 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2547 again.
2548
2549 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2550 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2551 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2552
2553 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2554 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2555 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2556 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2557 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2558 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2559 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2560 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2561 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2562 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2563 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2564 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2565 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2566 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2567 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2568 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2569 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2570 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2571 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2572 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2573
2574 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2575
2576 CHANGES WITH 234:
2577
2578 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2579 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2580 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2581 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2582 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2583 summary:
2584
2585 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2586
2587 becomes:
2588
2589 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2590
2591 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2592 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2593 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2594 .device units.
2595
2596 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2597 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2598 running a systemd user instance.
2599
2600 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2601 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2602 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2603 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2604 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2605 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2606
2607 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2608
2609 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2610 (domain search list).
2611
2612 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2613 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2614 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2615 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2616 implementation of RA.
2617
2618 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2619 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2620 ISO date values.
2621
2622 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2623 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2624 devices.
2625
2626 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2627 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2628 option.
2629
2630 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2631 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2632 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2633 default yet.
2634
2635 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2636 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2637 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2638 SHA256SUMS files.
2639
2640 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2641 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2642
2643 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2644
2645 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2646
2647 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2648 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2649
2650 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2651 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2652 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2653 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2654
2655 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2656 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2657 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2658 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2659 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2660 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2661 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2662 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2663 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2664 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2665
2666 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2667 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2668 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2669 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2670 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2671 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
2672 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2673 after all the plugins exit.
2674
2675 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2676 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2677 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2678 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2679 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2680 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2681 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2682 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2683 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2684 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2685 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2686 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2687 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2688 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2689 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2690 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2691 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2692 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2693 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2694 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2695 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2696 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2697 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2698 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2699 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2700 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2701 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2702 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2703 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2704 Георгиевски
2705
2706 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2707
2708 CHANGES WITH 233:
2709
2710 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2711 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2712 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2713 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2714 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2715 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2716 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2717 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2718 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2719
2720 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2721 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2722 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2723 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2724 default selected on the configure command line
2725 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2726 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2727 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2728 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2729 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2730 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2731 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2732 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2733 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2734 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2735
2736 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2737 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2738 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2739 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2740 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2741 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2742 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2743 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2744 further details about this.)
2745
2746 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2747 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2748 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2749
2750 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2751 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2752
2753 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2754 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2755 with 'make install-tests'.
2756
2757 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2758 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2759 kernel.
2760
2761 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2762 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2763 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2764 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2765 by the Slice= option.
2766
2767 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2768 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2769 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2770 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2771
2772 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2773 following choices:
2774
2775 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2776 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2777 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2778 (h)elp
2779 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2780 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2781 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2782 (y)es, execute the command
2783
2784 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2785 because its meaning was confusing.
2786
2787 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2788 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2789
2790 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2791 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2792 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2793
2794 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2795 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2796 state directly, without executing these commands.
2797
2798 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2799 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2800 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2801
2802 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2803 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2804 combination with After=) have been started.
2805
2806 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2807 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2808 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2809
2810 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2811 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2812 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2813 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2814 configuration related calls.
2815
2816 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2817 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2818 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2819 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2820 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2821 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2822 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2823
2824 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2825 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2826
2827 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2828 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2829 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2830
2831 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2832 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2833
2834 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2835 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2836 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2837 for compatibility.
2838
2839 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2840 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2841
2842 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2843 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2844
2845 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2846 support for negative matching.
2847
2848 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2849
2850 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2851 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2852
2853 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2854 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2855 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2856 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2857 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2858 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2859 removed from the drive.
2860
2861 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2862 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2863
2864 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2865 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2866
2867 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2868 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2869 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2870
2871 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2872 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2873 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2874 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2875 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2876 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2877 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2878
2879 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2880 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2881 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2882 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2883 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2884 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2885
2886 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2887 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2888
2889 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2890 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2891 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2892 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2893 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2894 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2895 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2896 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2897
2898 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2899 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2900 including all control processes.
2901
2902 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2903 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2904 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2905
2906 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2907 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2908 prefixing the source path with "+".
2909
2910 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2911 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2912 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2913 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2914 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2915 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2916 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2917 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2918
2919 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2920 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2921 before).
2922
2923 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2924 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2925 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2926 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2927 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2928 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2929 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2930
2931 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2932 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2933 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2934 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2935 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2936 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2937 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2938 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2939 versions.
2940
2941 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2942 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2943 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2944 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2945 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2946 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2947 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2948 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2949 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2950 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2951 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2952 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2953 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2954 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2955 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2956 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2957 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2958 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2959 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2960 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2961 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2962
2963 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2964 accelerometer quirks.
2965
2966 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2967 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2968 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2969 ID of each service.
2970
2971 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2972 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2973 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2974 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2975 view.
2976
2977 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2978 environment variables:
2979
2980 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2981
2982 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2983 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2984 address.
2985
2986 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2987 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2988 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2989
2990 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2991 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2992 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2993 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2994 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2995 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2996 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2997 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2998 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2999 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3000 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3001 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3002 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3003
3004 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3005 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3006 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3007
3008 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3009 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3010
3011 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3012 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3013 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3014 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3015 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3016
3017 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3018 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3019 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3020
3021 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3022 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3023
3024 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3025 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3026 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3027 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3028
3029 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3030 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3031 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3032 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3033 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3034 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3035 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3036 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3037 possibly even including full integrity data.
3038
3039 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
3040 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
3041 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
3042 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
3043 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
3044
3045 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
3046 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
3047 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
3048 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
3049 directly with systemd-nspawn.
3050
3051 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
3052 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
3053 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
3054 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
3055
3056 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
3057 of coredumps in reverse order.
3058
3059 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
3060 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
3061 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
3062 additional informational message in its output.
3063
3064 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
3065 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
3066 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
3067
3068 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
3069 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
3070 scripting languages such as Python.
3071
3072 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
3073 namespacing is enabled for them.
3074
3075 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
3076 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
3077 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
3078 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
3079 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
3080 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
3081
3082 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
3083 root key (KSK).
3084
3085 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
3086 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
3087 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
3088
3089 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
3090 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
3091 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
3092 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
3093 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
3094 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
3095 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
3096 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
3097 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
3098 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
3099 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
3100 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
3101 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
3102 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
3103 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
3104 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
3105 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
3106 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
3107 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
3108 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
3109 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
3110 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
3111 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
3112 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
3113 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
3114 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
3115 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
3116 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
3117 Тихонов
3118
3119 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
3120
3121 CHANGES WITH 232:
3122
3123 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
3124 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
3125 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
3126 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
3127 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
3128 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
3129
3130 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
3131 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
3132
3133 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
3134 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
3135 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
3136
3137 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
3138 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
3139 to be remounted read-only for a service.
3140
3141 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
3142 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
3143 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
3144 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
3145
3146 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
3147 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
3148
3149 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
3150 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
3151 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
3152
3153 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
3154 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
3155 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
3156 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
3157 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
3158 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
3159 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
3160 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
3161 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
3162 permanent modifications to the system.
3163
3164 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
3165 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
3166 container or chroot environments.
3167
3168 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
3169 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
3170 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
3171 mapped to nobody.
3172
3173 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
3174 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
3175 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
3176 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
3177
3178 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
3179 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
3180
3181 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
3182 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
3183 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
3184 and the support is provisional.
3185
3186 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
3187 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
3188 unit files in the file system).
3189
3190 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
3191 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
3192 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
3193 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
3194 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
3195 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
3196 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
3197 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
3198 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
3199 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
3200 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
3201 state is fixed automatically.
3202
3203 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
3204 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
3205 option.
3206
3207 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
3208 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
3209 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
3210 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
3211 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
3212 else.
3213
3214 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
3215 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
3216 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
3217 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
3218 bootable on physical systems.
3219
3220 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
3221
3222 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
3223 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
3224 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
3225 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
3226 used.
3227
3228 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
3229 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
3230 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
3231 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
3232
3233 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
3234
3235 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
3236 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
3237 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
3238 of the container).
3239
3240 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
3241 files from the specified location.
3242
3243 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
3244 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
3245 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
3246 be active.
3247
3248 * The hardware database has been extended to support
3249 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
3250 trackball devices.
3251
3252 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
3253 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
3254 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
3255
3256 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
3257 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
3258 specified service binary exited.)
3259
3260 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
3261 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
3262
3263 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
3264 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
3265 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
3266 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
3267 --since= and --until= options.
3268
3269 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
3270 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
3271 are automatically propagated to the container.
3272
3273 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
3274 from a single IP address can be limited with
3275 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
3276 MaxConnections=.
3277
3278 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
3279 configuration.
3280
3281 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
3282 drop-ins.
3283
3284 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
3285 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
3286 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
3287 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
3288 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
3289 [Link] section of .link files.
3290
3291 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
3292 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
3293 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
3294 section of .netdev files.
3295
3296 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
3297 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
3298 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
3299
3300 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
3301 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
3302 .network files.
3303
3304 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
3305 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
3306 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
3307 service runtime cycle.
3308
3309 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
3310 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
3311 has been traditionally doing.
3312
3313 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
3314 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
3315 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
3316 prevent any later plugins from running.
3317
3318 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
3319 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
3320 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
3321 default of SplitMode=uid.
3322
3323 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
3324 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
3325 useful.
3326
3327 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
3328 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
3329 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
3330 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
3331 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
3332 individual namespaces.
3333
3334 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
3335 the output, as well as OS release information.
3336
3337 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
3338
3339 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
3340 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
3341 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
3342 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
3343 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
3344
3345 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
3346 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
3347 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
3348 severed.
3349
3350 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
3351 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
3352 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
3353 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
3354 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
3355 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
3356 information about exit statuses and results.
3357
3358 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
3359 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
3360 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
3361 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
3362 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
3363 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
3364
3365 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
3366
3367 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
3368 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
3369 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
3370 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
3371 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
3372 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
3373 entirely.
3374
3375 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
3376 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
3377 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
3378
3379 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
3380 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
3381 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
3382 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
3383 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
3384 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
3385 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
3386 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
3387 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
3388 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
3389 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
3390 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
3391 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
3392 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
3393 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
3394 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
3395 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
3396
3397 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
3398 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
3399 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
3400 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
3401
3402 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
3403 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
3404 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
3405 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
3406
3407 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
3408 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
3409 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
3410 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
3411 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
3412 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
3413 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
3414 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
3415 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
3416 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
3417 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
3418 fragment entirely.)
3419
3420 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
3421 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
3422 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
3423
3424 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
3425 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
3426 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
3427 FileDescriptorName= setting.
3428
3429 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
3430 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
3431 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
3432 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
3433 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
3434 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
3435
3436 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
3437 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
3438
3439 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
3440 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
3441
3442 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
3443 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3444 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3445 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3446 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3447
3448 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3449 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3450 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3451 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3452 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3453 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3454 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3455 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3456 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3457 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3458 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3459 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3460 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3461 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3462 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3463 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3464 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3465 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3466 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3467 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3468 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3469 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3470 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3471 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3472 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3473 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3474
3475 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3476
3477 CHANGES WITH 231:
3478
3479 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3480 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3481 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3482 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3483 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3484 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3485 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3486 independently.
3487
3488 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3489 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3490
3491 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3492 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3493 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3494 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3495 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3496 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3497 values.
3498
3499 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3500 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3501 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3502 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3503 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3504
3505 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3506 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3507 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3508 7:10am every day.
3509
3510 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3511 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3512 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3513 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3514 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3515 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3516 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3517 available for compatibility.
3518
3519 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3520 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3521 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3522 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3523 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3524 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3525
3526 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3527 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3528 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3529 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3530 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3531 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3532 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3533 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3534 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3535
3536 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3537 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3538 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3539 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3540 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3541 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3542 desired options.
3543
3544 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3545 cgroup v2.
3546
3547 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3548 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3549 limited to subgroups of that group.
3550
3551 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3552 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3553 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3554 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3555 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3556 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3557 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3558 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3559
3560 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3561 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3562 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3563 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3564 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3565 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3566 own long-running services.
3567
3568 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3569 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3570 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3571 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3572
3573 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3574 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3575 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3576 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3577 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3578 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3579 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3580 primitives.
3581
3582 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3583 "terminate".
3584
3585 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3586 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3587
3588 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3589 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3590 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3591 --flush-caches".
3592
3593 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3594 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3595 is shown.
3596
3597 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3598 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3599 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3600 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3601 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3602 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3603
3604 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3605 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3606 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3607 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3608 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3609 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3610 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3611 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3612 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3613 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3614 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3615 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3616 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3617 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3618 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3619 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3620 bus API instead.
3621
3622 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3623 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3624 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3625 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3626
3627 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3628 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3629 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3630 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3631
3632 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3633 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3634 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3635
3636 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3637 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3638
3639 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3640 interface configuration.
3641
3642 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3643 specifying the --force switch.
3644
3645 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3646 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3647 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3648
3649 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3650 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3651 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3652 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3653 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3654 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3655 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3656 to be handled.
3657
3658 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3659 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3660
3661 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3662 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3663
3664 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3665 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3666 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3667
3668 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3669 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3670
3671 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3672 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3673 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3674 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3675 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3676 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3677 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3678 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3679 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3680 library.
3681
3682 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3683 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3684 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3685 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3686 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3687 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3688 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3689 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3690 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3691 doc/HACKING for details.
3692
3693 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3694 distribution's bugtracker.
3695
3696 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3697 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3698 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3699 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3700 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3701 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3702 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3703 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3704 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3705 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3706 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3707 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3708 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3709 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3710 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3711 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3712 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3713 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3714 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3715
3716 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3717
3718 CHANGES WITH 230:
3719
3720 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3721 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3722 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3723 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3724 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3725 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3726 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3727 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3728 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3729 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3730 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3731 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3732 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3733 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3734 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3735 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3736 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3737 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3738 applications.)
3739
3740 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3741 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3742 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3743
3744 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3745 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3746 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3747 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3748 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3749 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3750 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3751
3752 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3753 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3754 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3755 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3756 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3757 command works for tmux.
3758
3759 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3760 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3761 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3762 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3763 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3764 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3765
3766 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3767 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3768
3769 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3770 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3771 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3772
3773 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3774
3775 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3776 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3777 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3778 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3779 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3780
3781 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3782 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3783 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3784 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3785
3786 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3787 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3788 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3789 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3790 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3791 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3792
3793 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3794 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3795 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3796
3797 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3798 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3799 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3800 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3801 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3802 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3803
3804 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3805 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3806 address.
3807
3808 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3809 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3810 should be emitted.
3811
3812 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3813 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3814 supported.
3815
3816 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3817 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3818 logging performance.
3819
3820 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3821 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3822 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3823 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3824 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3825 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3826
3827 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3828 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3829 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3830 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3831
3832 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3833 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3834
3835 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3836 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3837 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3838
3839 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3840
3841 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3842 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3843 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3844 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3845
3846 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3847 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3848 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3849 refuse to operate on such files.
3850
3851 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3852 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3853 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3854
3855 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3856 just hidden container images.
3857
3858 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3859 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3860
3861 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3862 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3863 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3864 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3865 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3866 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3867 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3868 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3869 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3870 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3871 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3872
3873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3874 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3875 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3876 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3877 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3878 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3879 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3880 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3881 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3882 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3883 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3884 terminates.
3885
3886 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3887 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3888 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3889 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3890
3891 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3892 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3893 rate of the socket unit.
3894
3895 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3896 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3897 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3898 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3899 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3900
3901 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3902 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3903 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3904 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3905 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3906 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3907 with this.
3908
3909 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3910 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3911
3912 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3913 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3914
3915 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3916 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3917 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3918 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3919 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3920
3921 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3922 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3923 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3924
3925 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3926 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3927 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3928 target is now included in early userspace.
3929
3930 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3931 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3932 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3933 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3934 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3935 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3936 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3937 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3938 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3939 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3940 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3941 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3942 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3943 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3944 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3945 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3946 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3947 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3948 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3949 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3950 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3951 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3952 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3953 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3954 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3955 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3956
3957 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3958
3959 CHANGES WITH 229:
3960
3961 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3962 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3963 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3964 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3965 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3966 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3967 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3968 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3969 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3970 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3971 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3972 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3973 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3974
3975 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3976 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3977 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3978 /usr/bin.
3979
3980 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3981 devices.
3982
3983 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3984 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3985 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3986 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3987 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3988 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3989 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3990 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3991 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3992 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3993 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3994 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3995 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3996 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3997 this limit.
3998
3999 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4000 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4001 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4002 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4003 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4004 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4005 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4006 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4007
4008 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4009 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4010 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4011 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4012 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4013 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4014 and group at package installation time.
4015
4016 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4017 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4018 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4019 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4020 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4021
4022 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4023 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4024 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4025 supports it.
4026
4027 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4028 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4029
4030 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4031 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4032 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4033 file is already initialized.
4034
4035 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4036 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4037 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
4038 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
4039 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
4040 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
4041 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
4042 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
4043 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
4044
4045 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
4046 working directory for the process started in the container.
4047
4048 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
4049 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
4050 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
4051 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
4052 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
4053
4054 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4055 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
4056 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
4057
4058 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
4059 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
4060 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
4061 sd_journal_restart_fields().
4062
4063 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
4064 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
4065 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
4066 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
4067 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
4068
4069 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
4070 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
4071 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
4072 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
4073
4074 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
4075 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
4076 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
4077 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
4078 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
4079 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
4080 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
4081 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
4082 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
4083 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
4084 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
4085 by PID 1.
4086
4087 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
4088 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
4089 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
4090 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
4091 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
4092 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
4093 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
4094 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
4095
4096 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
4097
4098 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
4099 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
4100 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
4101
4102 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
4103 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
4104 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
4105 recent kernels.
4106
4107 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
4108 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
4109
4110 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
4111 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
4112 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
4113 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
4114 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
4115 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
4116 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
4117 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
4118 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
4119 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
4120 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
4121 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
4122 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
4123
4124 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
4125 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
4126 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
4127 clusters or larger setups.
4128
4129 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
4130
4131 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
4132 sockets.
4133
4134 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
4135
4136 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
4137 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
4138 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
4139 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
4140 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
4141 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
4142
4143 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
4144 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
4145 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
4146
4147 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
4148 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
4149 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
4150 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
4151
4152 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
4153
4154 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
4155 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
4156 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
4157 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
4158 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
4159 maintain compatibility.
4160
4161 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
4162 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
4163 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
4164 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
4165 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
4166 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
4167 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
4168 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
4169 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
4170 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
4171 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
4172 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4173 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
4174 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
4175 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
4176 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
4177 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4178 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
4179 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4180
4181 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
4182
4183 CHANGES WITH 228:
4184
4185 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
4186 files are now also available as properties to set when
4187 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
4188 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
4189 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
4190 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
4191 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4192 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
4193 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
4194
4195 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
4196 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
4197 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
4198
4199 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
4200 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
4201 created transiently.
4202
4203 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
4204 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
4205 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
4206 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
4207 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
4208 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
4209 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
4210 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
4211
4212 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
4213 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
4214 disk and sync the files, before returning.
4215
4216 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
4217 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
4218 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
4219 enabled.
4220
4221 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
4222 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
4223 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
4224 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
4225 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
4226 subvolumes.
4227
4228 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
4229 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
4230
4231 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
4232 individual indexes.
4233
4234 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
4235 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
4236 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
4237 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
4238 suffixes now.
4239
4240 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
4241 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
4242 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
4243 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
4244 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
4245 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
4246 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
4247 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
4248 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
4249 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
4250 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
4251 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
4252 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
4253 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
4254 number of processes or tasks each user may own
4255 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
4256 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
4257 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
4258 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
4259 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
4260 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
4261
4262 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
4263 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
4264 links between the host and the container.
4265
4266 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
4267 added that allows importing select environment variables
4268 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
4269 the service.
4270
4271 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
4272 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
4273 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
4274 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
4275 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
4276 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
4277 than until they first elapse.
4278
4279 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
4280 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
4281 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
4282 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
4283 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
4284 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
4285 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
4286 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
4287
4288 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
4289 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
4290 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
4291 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
4292 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
4293 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
4294 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
4295 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
4296 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
4297 journal and in coredump handling.
4298
4299 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
4300 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
4301 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
4302 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
4303 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
4304 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
4305 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
4306 software you package still references it, as this is a
4307 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
4308 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
4309
4310 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
4311
4312 Note that only util-linux versions built with
4313 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
4314
4315 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
4316 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
4317 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
4318
4319 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
4320 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
4321 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
4322 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
4323 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
4324 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
4325 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
4326 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
4327 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
4328 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
4329 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
4330 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
4331 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
4332 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
4333 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
4334 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
4335
4336 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
4337 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
4338 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
4339 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
4340 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
4341 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
4342 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
4343 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
4344 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
4345 surprises.
4346
4347 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
4348 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
4349 to the various user database fields of the user that the
4350 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
4351 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
4352 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
4353 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
4354 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
4355 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
4356 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
4357 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
4358 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
4359 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
4360 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
4361 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
4362 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
4363 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
4364 of PID 1 is the root user).
4365
4366 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
4367 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
4368 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4369 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
4370 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4371 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
4372 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4373 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
4374 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4375 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
4376 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
4377 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
4378 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4379 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
4380 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4381
4382 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
4383
4384 CHANGES WITH 227:
4385
4386 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
4387 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
4388 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
4389
4390 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
4391 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
4392 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
4393 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
4394 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
4395 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
4396
4397 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
4398 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
4399 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
4400 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
4401 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
4402
4403 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
4404 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
4405 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
4406 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
4407 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
4408 packets on unestablished sockets.
4409
4410 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
4411 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
4412 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
4413 automatically.
4414
4415 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
4416 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
4417 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
4418
4419 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
4420 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
4421 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
4422 for disk IO.
4423
4424 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
4425 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
4426 removed.
4427
4428 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
4429 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
4430 directory is set to the home directory of the user
4431 configured in User=.
4432
4433 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
4434 directory of the selected user by default.
4435
4436 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
4437 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
4438 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
4439 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
4440 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
4441 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
4442 compat reasons.
4443
4444 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4445 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4446 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4447 units.
4448
4449 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4450 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4451 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4452 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4453 level.
4454
4455 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4456 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4457 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4458 namespaces work correctly.
4459
4460 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4461 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4462 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4463 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4464 activation.
4465
4466 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4467 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4468 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4469 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4470 system instance in a container.
4471
4472 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4473 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4474 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4475 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4476 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4477 connections.
4478
4479 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4480 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4481
4482 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4483 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4484 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4485 processes attached, or similar.
4486
4487 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4488 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4489 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4490
4491 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4492 specifiers like %i or %f.
4493
4494 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4495 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4496 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4497 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4498
4499 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4500 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4501 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4502 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4503 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4504 descriptors using sd_notify().
4505
4506 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4507
4508 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4509 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4510
4511 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4512 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4513
4514 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4515 .network files.
4516
4517 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4518 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4519 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4520 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4521 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4522 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4523 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4524 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4525 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4526 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4527 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4528 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4529 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4530 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4531 gdm-autologin is used.
4532
4533 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4534 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4535 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4536 next to the image file.
4537
4538 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4539 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4540 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4541 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4542
4543 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4544 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4545 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4546 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4547 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4548 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4549
4550 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4551 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4552 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4553 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4554 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4555 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4556 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4557 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4558 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4559 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4560 number of files in place.
4561
4562 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4563 on kernels where that is supported.
4564
4565 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4566
4567 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4568 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4569 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4570 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4571 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4572 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4573 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4574 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4575 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4576 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4577 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4578 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4579 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4580 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4581 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4582 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4583 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4584 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4585
4586 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4587
4588 CHANGES WITH 226:
4589
4590 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4591 new features:
4592
4593 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4594 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4595 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4596 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4597 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4598 is any) is propagated.
4599
4600 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4601 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4602 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4603 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4604 information is enabled between host and containers by
4605 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4606 to what the host has set.
4607
4608 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4609 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4610
4611 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4612 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4613 information back, even if the server loses state.
4614
4615 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4616 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4617 PoolSize=.
4618
4619 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4620 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4621 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4622 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4623
4624 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4625 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4626 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4627 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4628 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4629
4630 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4631 for virtio devices.
4632
4633 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4634 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4635 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4636 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4637 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4638 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4639 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4640 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4641 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4642 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4643 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4644 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4645 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4646 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4647 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4648 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4649 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4650 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4651 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4652 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4653 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4654 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4655 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4656 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4657 grants them.
4658
4659 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4660 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4661 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4662 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4663 group tree.
4664
4665 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4666 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4667 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4668 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4669 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4670 work correctly in containers now.
4671
4672 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4673 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4674
4675 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4676 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4677 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4678 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4679 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4680
4681 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4682 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4683 signal events.
4684
4685 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4686 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4687 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4688 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4689
4690 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4691 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4692 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4693 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4694 nspawn command line.
4695
4696 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4697 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4698 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4699 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4700 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4701 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4702 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4703 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4704
4705 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4706
4707 CHANGES WITH 225:
4708
4709 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4710 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4711 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4712 shell directly without prompting for username or
4713 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4714 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4715 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4716 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4717 the originating session.
4718
4719 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4720 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4721
4722 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4723 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4724 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4725 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4726 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4727 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4728 probably not stabilize on this release.
4729
4730 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4731 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4732 messages.
4733
4734 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4735 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4736 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4737
4738 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4739 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4740
4741 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4742 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4743 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4744 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4745 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4746 posteriori.
4747
4748 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4749 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4750
4751 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4752 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4753 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4754 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4755 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4756 "lastlog" tools.
4757
4758 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4759 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4760 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4761 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4762 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4763
4764 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4765 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4766 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4767 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4768 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4769 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4770 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4771 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4772 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4773 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4774 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4775 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4776
4777 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4778
4779 CHANGES WITH 224:
4780
4781 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4782 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4783
4784 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4785 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4786 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4787
4788 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4789 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4790 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4791
4792 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4793
4794 CHANGES WITH 223:
4795
4796 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4797 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4798 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4799 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4800
4801 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4802 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4803
4804 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4805 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4806
4807 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4808
4809 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4810 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4811 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4812
4813 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4814 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4815 decapsulated packet.
4816
4817 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4818 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4819 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4820 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4821 netlink attribute.
4822
4823 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4824 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4825 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4826 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4827
4828 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4829 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4830 according to RFC2460.
4831
4832 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4833 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4834
4835 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4836 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4837 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4838
4839 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4840 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4841 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4842 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4843 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4844 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4845
4846 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4847 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4848 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4849 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4850 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4851 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4852 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4853 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4854 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4855 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4856
4857 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4858
4859 CHANGES WITH 222:
4860
4861 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4862 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4863 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4864
4865 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4866 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4867
4868 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4869 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4870 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4871 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4872 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4873
4874 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4875 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4876 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4877
4878 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4879 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4880 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4881 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4882 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4883
4884 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4885
4886 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4887 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4888 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4889 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4890 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4891 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4892 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4893 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4894 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4895 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4896
4897 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4898
4899 CHANGES WITH 221:
4900
4901 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4902 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4903 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4904 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4905 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4906 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4907 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4908 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4909 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4910 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4911 portable to other kernels.
4912
4913 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4914 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4915 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4916 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4917 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4918 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4919 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4920 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4921 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4922 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4923 systemd enabled.
4924
4925 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4926 2.26.
4927
4928 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4929 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4930 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4931 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4932 in README for details.
4933
4934 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4935 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4936 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4937 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4938 unit.
4939
4940 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4941 into man pages.
4942
4943 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4944 external project.
4945
4946 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4947 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4948
4949 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4950 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4951 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4952 state.
4953
4954 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4955 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4956 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4957
4958 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4959 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4960 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4961 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4962 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4963 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4964 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4965 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4966 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4967 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4968 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4969 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4970 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4971 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4972 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4973 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4974
4975 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4976
4977 CHANGES WITH 220:
4978
4979 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4980 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4981 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4982 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4983 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4984 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4985 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4986 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4987
4988 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4989 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4990 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4991 service consumed). This value is only available if
4992 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4993 in the "systemctl status" output.
4994
4995 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4996 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4997 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4998 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4999 previously was already the default behaviour).
5000
5001 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5002 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5003 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5004
5005 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5006 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5007 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5008 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5009
5010 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5011 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5012 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5013 journalling file systems that support external journal
5014 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5015 systems to be mounted.
5016
5017 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5018 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5019 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5020 stable release this should not be problematic.
5021
5022 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5023 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5024 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5025 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5026 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5027
5028 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5029 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5030 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5031 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5032 network switches.
5033
5034 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5035 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5036
5037 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
5038 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
5039 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
5040
5041 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
5042
5043 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
5044 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
5045 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
5046 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
5047 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
5048 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
5049 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
5050 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
5051 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
5052 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
5053 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
5054 been fixed in v220.
5055
5056 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
5057 systemd-networkd.
5058
5059 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
5060 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
5061 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
5062 containers started from the command line.
5063
5064 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
5065 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
5066
5067 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
5068 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
5069 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
5070 indirection via a pseudo tty.
5071
5072 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
5073 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
5074 when shutting down.
5075
5076 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
5077 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
5078 overlayfs support.
5079
5080 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
5081 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
5082 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
5083 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
5084 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
5085 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
5086 images are imported via systemd-importd.
5087
5088 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
5089 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
5090 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
5091
5092 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
5093 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
5094 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
5095 of v1 as before).
5096
5097 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
5098 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
5099
5100 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
5101 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
5102 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
5103 without further privileges or authorization.
5104
5105 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
5106 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
5107 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
5108 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
5109 accessible via a bus interface.
5110
5111 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
5112 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
5113 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
5114 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
5115 to cover this functionality.
5116
5117 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
5118 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
5119 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
5120 disabled/masked also stopped.
5121
5122 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
5123 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
5124 updated to support systemd-boot.
5125
5126 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
5127 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
5128 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
5129 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
5130 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
5131 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
5132 like this and can extract OS release information from them
5133 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
5134 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
5135
5136 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
5137 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
5138 system.
5139
5140 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
5141 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
5142 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
5143 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
5144 device symlinks.
5145
5146 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
5147 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
5148 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
5149 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
5150
5151 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
5152 stick devices has been added.
5153
5154 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
5155 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
5156
5157 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
5158 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
5159 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
5160 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
5161 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
5162
5163 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
5164 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
5165 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
5166
5167 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
5168 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
5169 Debian.
5170
5171 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
5172 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
5173 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
5174
5175 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
5176 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
5177 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
5178 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
5179 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
5180 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5181 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
5182 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5183 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
5184 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
5185 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5186 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
5187 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
5188 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
5189 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
5190 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
5191 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
5192 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5193 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
5194 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
5195 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
5196 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
5197 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
5198 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
5199 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
5200 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
5201 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5202
5203 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
5204
5205 CHANGES WITH 219:
5206
5207 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
5208 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
5209 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
5210 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
5211 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
5212 interface with and update the database.
5213
5214 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
5215 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
5216 before bytewise copying is done.
5217
5218 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
5219 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
5220 directory, and immediately removed when the container
5221 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
5222 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
5223 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
5224 for starting a container off the root file system of the
5225 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
5226 available on btrfs file systems.
5227
5228 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
5229 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
5230 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
5231 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
5232 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
5233 systems.
5234
5235 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
5236 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
5237 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
5238 mount point remains.
5239
5240 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
5241 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
5242 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
5243 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
5244 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
5245 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
5246 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
5247 are disabled.
5248
5249 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
5250 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
5251 container to the host or vice versa.
5252
5253 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
5254 mount host directories into local containers. This is
5255 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
5256
5257 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
5258 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
5259
5260 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
5261 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
5262 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
5263 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
5264 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
5265 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
5266 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
5267 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
5268 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
5269 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
5270 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
5271 make the functionality of importd available to the
5272 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
5273 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
5274 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
5275 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
5276 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
5277 only fully supported on btrfs.
5278
5279 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
5280 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
5281 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
5282 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
5283 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
5284 information about images.
5285
5286 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
5287 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
5288 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
5289 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
5290 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
5291 legacy file systems).
5292
5293 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
5294 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
5295 shown in networkctl output.
5296
5297 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
5298 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
5299 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
5300 processes as system services while interactively
5301 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
5302 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
5303 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
5304 full login session, the difference being that the former
5305 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
5306 setup.
5307
5308 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
5309 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
5310 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
5311 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
5312 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
5313
5314 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
5315 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
5316 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
5317 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
5318 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
5319 via qemu/kvm.
5320
5321 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
5322 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
5323 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
5324 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
5325 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
5326 disk images, too.
5327
5328 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
5329 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
5330 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
5331 integrate with that.
5332
5333 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
5334 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
5335 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
5336 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
5337
5338 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
5339 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
5340 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
5341
5342 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
5343 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
5344 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
5345 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
5346 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
5347 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
5348 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
5349 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
5350 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
5351 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
5352
5353 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
5354 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
5355 files.
5356
5357 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
5358 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
5359 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
5360 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
5361 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
5362 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
5363 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
5364 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
5365 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
5366 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
5367 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
5368 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
5369 explicitly turned on.
5370
5371 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
5372 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
5373 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
5374 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
5375
5376 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
5377 supported.
5378
5379 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
5380 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
5381 user/session following the status output. Similar,
5382 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
5383 associated with a virtual machine or container
5384 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
5385 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
5386 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
5387 output however.)
5388
5389 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
5390 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
5391 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
5392 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
5393 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
5394 caller's session/user.
5395
5396 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
5397 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
5398 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
5399 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
5400 user services.
5401
5402 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
5403 same way as unit files.
5404
5405 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
5406 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
5407 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
5408 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
5409 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
5410 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
5411 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
5412 the host.
5413
5414 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
5415 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
5416 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
5417 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
5418 the host as if their services were running directly on the
5419 host.
5420
5421 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
5422 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
5423 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
5424 updated to make use of it too by default.
5425
5426 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
5427 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
5428 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
5429 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
5430
5431 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
5432 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
5433 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
5434 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
5435 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
5436 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
5437 modification.
5438
5439 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
5440 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
5441 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
5442 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
5443 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5444 information about Touchpad types.
5445
5446 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5447 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5448
5449 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5450 Policy link field.
5451
5452 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5453 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5454
5455 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5456 ACLs on files.
5457
5458 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5459 tmpfs, automatically.
5460
5461 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5462 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5463 status" output, if available.
5464
5465 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5466 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5467 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5468 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5469 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5470 run on next reboot.
5471
5472 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5473 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5474 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5475 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5476 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5477 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5478 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5479
5480 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5481 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5482 after a configurable timeout.
5483
5484 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5485 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5486 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5487 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5488 it non-idle.
5489
5490 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5491 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5492
5493 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5494 each .network interface in networkd.
5495
5496 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5497 in .network files.
5498
5499 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5500 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5501
5502 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5503 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5504 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5505 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5506 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5507 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5508 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5509 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5510 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5511 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5512 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5513 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5514 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5515 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5516 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5517 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5518 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5519 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5520 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5521 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5522 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5523 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5524 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5525 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5526
5527 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5528
5529 CHANGES WITH 218:
5530
5531 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5532 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5533 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5534 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5535
5536 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5537 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5538 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5539 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5540 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5541
5542 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5543
5544 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5545 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5546 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5547 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5548 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5549 modified configuration after editing.
5550
5551 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5552 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5553 system preset files.
5554
5555 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5556 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5557 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5558 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5559 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5560 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5561 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5562 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5563 other contexts.
5564
5565 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5566 inhibitors.
5567
5568 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5569 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5570 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5571 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5572 managers.
5573
5574 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5575 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5576 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5577 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5578 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5579 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5580 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5581 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5582 parallel to journald.
5583
5584 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5585 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5586 available.
5587
5588 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5589 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5590 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5591 or are not older than the specified time.
5592
5593 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5594 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5595 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5596 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5597
5598 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5599 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5600 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5601 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5602 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5603 communication.
5604
5605 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5606 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5607 services.
5608
5609 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5610 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5611 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5612 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5613 the new "busctl tree" command.
5614
5615 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5616 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5617 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5618 friendly way.
5619
5620 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5621 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5622 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5623 race-ful way.
5624
5625 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5626 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5627 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5628 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5629 --link-journal=try-guest.
5630
5631 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5632 stable MAC addresses.
5633
5634 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5635 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5636 the respective unit shall use.
5637
5638 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5639 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5640 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5641 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5642
5643 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5644 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5645 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5646 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5647 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5648 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5649
5650 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5651 details see:
5652
5653 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5654
5655 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5656 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5657 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5658 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5659 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5660 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5661 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5662 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5663 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5664 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5665 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5666 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5667
5668 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5669 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5670 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5671 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5672 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5673
5674 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5675 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5676 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5677 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5678 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5679 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5680 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5681 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5682
5683 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5684 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5685 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5686 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5687 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5688 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5689 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5690 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5691 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5692 interface.
5693
5694 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5695 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5696 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5697 luks.name= argument.
5698
5699 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5700 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5701 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5702 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5703 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5704 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5705
5706 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5707 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5708 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5709
5710 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5711 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5712 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5713 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5714 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5715 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5716 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5717 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5718 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5719 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5720 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5721 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5722 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5723 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5724 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5725 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5726 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5727 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5728
5729 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5730
5731 CHANGES WITH 217:
5732
5733 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5734 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5735 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5736 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5737
5738 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5739 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5740 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5741 now waits until the operation is complete.
5742
5743 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5744 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5745 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5746 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5747 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5748 connection.
5749
5750 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5751 commands anymore.
5752
5753 * User units are now loaded also from
5754 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5755 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5756 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5757
5758 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5759 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5760 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5761 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5762 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5763 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5764 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5765 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5766 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5767 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5768 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5769 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5770 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5771 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5772 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5773 question.
5774
5775 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5776 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5777 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5778
5779 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5780 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5781 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5782 command line to trigger resume.
5783
5784 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5785 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5786 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5787 Desktop=systemd-console.
5788
5789 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5790 systemd-networkd.
5791
5792 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5793 from the information provided by the networking stack
5794 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5795
5796 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5797 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5798
5799 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5800 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5801 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5802
5803 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5804
5805 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5806 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5807 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5808 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5809 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5810 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5811
5812 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5813 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5814 respected.
5815
5816 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5817 virtualization.
5818
5819 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5820 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5821 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5822 on.
5823
5824 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5825
5826 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5827
5828 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5829 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5830 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5831 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5832 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5833 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5834 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5835
5836 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5837 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5838 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5839 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5840 from the service's view entirely.
5841
5842 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5843 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5844
5845 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5846 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5847 session.
5848
5849 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5850 legacy-free systems.
5851
5852 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5853 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5854 easily.
5855
5856 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5857 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5858 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5859 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5860 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5861 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5862 option.
5863
5864 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5865 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5866 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5867 /usr.
5868
5869 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5870 services, not only the main process.
5871
5872 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5873 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5874 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5875 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5876 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5877
5878 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5879 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5880 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5881 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5882 directly from now on, again.
5883
5884 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5885 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5886 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5887 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5888 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5889 enabling and disabling.
5890
5891 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5892 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5893 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5894 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5895 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5896 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5897 unnecessary or unlikely.
5898
5899 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5900 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5901 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5902 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5903
5904 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5905 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5906 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5907 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5908 overwritten at runtime.
5909
5910 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5911 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5912 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5913 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5914 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5915 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5916 segmentation fault.
5917
5918 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5919 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5920 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5921 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5922 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5923 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5924 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5925 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5926 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5927 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5928 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5929 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5930 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5931 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5932 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5933 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5934 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5935 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5936 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5937 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5938 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5939 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5940
5941 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5942
5943 CHANGES WITH 216:
5944
5945 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5946 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5947 implementations should add a
5948
5949 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5950
5951 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5952 default functionality.
5953
5954 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5955 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5956 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5957 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5958 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5959 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5960 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5961 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5962 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5963 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5964 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5965 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5966 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5967
5968 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5969 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5970 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5971 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5972 added eventually, too.
5973
5974 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5975 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5976 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5977 new command to update these fields.
5978
5979 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5980 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5981 have been discovered via DHCP.
5982
5983 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5984 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5985 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5986 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5987 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5988 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5989 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5990 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5991 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5992 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5993 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5994 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5995 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5996 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5997 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5998 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5999 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6000 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6001 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6002 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6003
6004 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6005 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6006 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6007
6008 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6009 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6010 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6011 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6012 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6013 control utility for networkd.
6014
6015 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6016 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6017 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6018 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6019 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6020 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6021 (NoDelay=).
6022
6023 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6024 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6025
6026 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6027 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6028 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6029 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6030 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6031 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6032
6033 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6034 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6035 of the link.
6036
6037 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
6038 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
6039
6040 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
6041 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
6042
6043 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
6044 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
6045 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
6046 for DHCP.
6047
6048 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
6049 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
6050 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
6051 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
6052 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
6053 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
6054 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
6055 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
6056
6057 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
6058 validation of unit files.
6059
6060 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
6061 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
6062 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
6063 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
6064 address may now be configured.
6065
6066 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
6067 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
6068 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
6069 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
6070
6071 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
6072 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
6073
6074 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
6075 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
6076 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
6077 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
6078
6079 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
6080 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
6081 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
6082 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
6083 implementation.
6084
6085 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
6086 journal data to a remote system running
6087 systemd-journal-remote.
6088
6089 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
6090 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
6091 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
6092 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
6093 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
6094 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
6095 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
6096 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
6097 version, you have to turn this option on again
6098 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
6099
6100 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
6101 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
6102 better than XZ which was the previous default.
6103
6104 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
6105 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
6106
6107 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
6108 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
6109
6110 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
6111 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
6112 "systemctl status" output for a service.
6113
6114 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
6115 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
6116 hostname, root password) interactively on first
6117 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
6118 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
6119
6120 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
6121
6122 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
6123
6124 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
6125 when primary addresses are removed.
6126
6127 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
6128 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
6129 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
6130 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
6131 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
6132 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
6133 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6134 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6135 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
6136 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
6137 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
6138 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
6139 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
6140 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
6141 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6142
6143 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
6144
6145 CHANGES WITH 215:
6146
6147 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
6148 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
6149 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
6150 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
6151 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
6152 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
6153 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
6154 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
6155 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
6156 require.
6157
6158 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
6159 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
6160
6161 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
6162 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
6163 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
6164 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
6165 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
6166 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
6167 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
6168
6169 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
6170 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
6171 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
6172 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
6173 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
6174 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
6175 update or reset should use this condition and order
6176 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
6177 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
6178 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
6179 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
6180 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
6181 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
6182 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
6183 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
6184 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
6185
6186 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
6187
6188 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
6189 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
6190 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
6191 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
6192
6193 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
6194 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
6195 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
6196 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
6197 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
6198 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
6199 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
6200 .network files using settings of this section should be
6201 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
6202 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
6203
6204 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
6205 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
6206
6207 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
6208 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
6209 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
6210 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
6211 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
6212 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
6213 of nspawn instances.
6214
6215 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
6216 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
6217 added.
6218
6219 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
6220 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
6221 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
6222 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
6223 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
6224 configuration stored in /etc.
6225
6226 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
6227 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
6228 parsing of unknown mount options.
6229
6230 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
6231 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
6232 it already exist and not already be the correct
6233 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
6234 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
6235 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
6236 pre-existing files of different types.
6237
6238 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
6239 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
6240 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
6241 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
6242 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
6243 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
6244 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
6245
6246 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
6247 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
6248 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
6249 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
6250 shall be executed.
6251
6252 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
6253 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
6254 example whether it is fully up and running.
6255
6256 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
6257 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
6258 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
6259 reset.
6260
6261 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
6262 most basic services systemd ships by default.
6263
6264 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
6265 field for defining the default instance to create if a
6266 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
6267
6268 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
6269 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
6270 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
6271
6272 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
6273 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
6274 access to this group.
6275
6276 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
6277 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
6278 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
6279 to the journal.
6280
6281 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
6282 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
6283 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
6284 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
6285 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
6286 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
6287
6288 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
6289 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
6290 that makes sure to only show information about the most
6291 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
6292 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
6293 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
6294 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
6295 the old name to the new name.
6296
6297 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
6298 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
6299 coredumpctl without restrictions.
6300
6301 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
6302 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
6303 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
6304 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
6305 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
6306 "systemd-debug-generator".
6307
6308 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
6309 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
6310 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
6311 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
6312 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
6313 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
6314 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
6315 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
6316 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
6317 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
6318 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
6319
6320 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
6321 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
6322 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
6323 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
6324 been added to query many of these paths for the local
6325 machine and user.
6326
6327 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
6328 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
6329 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
6330 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
6331 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
6332
6333 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
6334 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
6335 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
6336 couple of drop-in directories.
6337
6338 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
6339 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
6340 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
6341 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
6342 for dev_port.
6343
6344 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
6345 container (read from /etc/os-release and
6346 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
6347 "machinectl status" for a machine.
6348
6349 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
6350 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
6351 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
6352 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
6353 Restart= setting.
6354
6355 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
6356 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
6357 directly connect to a specific container on the
6358 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
6359 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
6360 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
6361 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
6362 containers is a privileged operation.
6363
6364 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
6365 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
6366 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
6367 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
6368 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6369 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
6370 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6371 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
6372 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
6373 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
6374 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
6375 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6376
6377 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
6378
6379 CHANGES WITH 214:
6380
6381 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
6382 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
6383 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
6384 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
6385 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
6386 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
6387 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
6388 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
6389 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
6390 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
6391 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
6392 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
6393 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
6394 devices are excluded from this logic.
6395
6396 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
6397 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
6398 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
6399 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
6400 change has been released.
6401
6402 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
6403 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
6404 libattr is thus unnecessary.
6405
6406 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
6407 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
6408 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
6409 with fewer privileges.
6410
6411 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
6412 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
6413 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
6414 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
6415
6416 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
6417 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
6418
6419 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
6420 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
6421
6422 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
6423 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
6424 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
6425
6426 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
6427 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
6428 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
6429 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
6430 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
6431 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
6432
6433 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
6434 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
6435 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
6436
6437 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
6438 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
6439 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
6440 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
6441 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
6442 modifications of user data or system files from
6443 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6444 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6445
6446 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6447 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6448 and FIFOs in the file system.
6449
6450 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6451 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6452 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6453
6454 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6455 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6456 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6457 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6458 the socket itself.
6459
6460 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6461 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6462 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6463 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6464 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6465 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6466 symlinks, and nothing else.
6467
6468 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6469 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6470 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6471 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6472 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6473 process (for example, the parent process). The
6474 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6475 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6476 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6477 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6478 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6479 messages to services when the originating process already
6480 vanished.
6481
6482 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6483 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6484 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6485 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6486 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6487 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6488 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6489 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6490 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6491 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6492 all long-running services.
6493
6494 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6495 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6496 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6497 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6498 service.
6499
6500 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6501 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6502 applied to all submounts, too.
6503
6504 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6505
6506 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6507 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6508 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6509 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6510 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6511 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6512 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6513
6514 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6515 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6516 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6517 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6518 (domU) domains.
6519
6520 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6521 files or entire directories.
6522
6523 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6524 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6525 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6526 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6527 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6528
6529 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6530 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6531 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6532 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6533 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6534 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6535 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6536 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6537 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6538 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6539 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6540 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6541
6542 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6543 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6544 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6545 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6546
6547 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6548 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6549 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6550 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6551 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6552 non-directories.
6553
6554 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6555 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6556 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6557
6558 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6559 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6560 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6561 this group.
6562
6563 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6564 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6565 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6566 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6567 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6568 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6569 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6570
6571 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6572
6573 CHANGES WITH 213:
6574
6575 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6576 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6577 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6578 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6579 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6580 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6581 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6582 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6583 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6584 client should be more than appropriate for most
6585 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6586 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6587 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6588 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6589 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6590 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6591 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6592 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6593 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6594 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6595 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6596
6597 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6598 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6599 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6600 part of a different namespace.
6601
6602 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6603 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6604 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6605 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6606
6607 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6608 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6609 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6610
6611 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6612 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6613 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6614 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6615 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6616 restart the service in question.
6617
6618 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6619 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6620 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6621 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6622 details when running non-locally.
6623
6624 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6625 graphs it generates.
6626
6627 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6628 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6629 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6630 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6631 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6632
6633 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6634
6635 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6636 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6637 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6638 what it was on SysV systems.
6639
6640 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6641 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6642
6643 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6644 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6645 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6646 files.
6647
6648 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6649 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6650 to show these addresses in its output.
6651
6652 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6653 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6654 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6655 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6656 preferred over a text one.
6657
6658 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6659 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6660 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6661 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6662 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6663 mDNS cache.
6664
6665 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6666 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6667 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6668 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6669 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6670
6671 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6672 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6673 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6674 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6675 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6676
6677 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6678 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6679 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6680 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6681 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6682 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6683 overrides any other settings.
6684
6685 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6686 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6687 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6688 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6689 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6690 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6691 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6692 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6693 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6694 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6695 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6696 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6697 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6698 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6699 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6700 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6701 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6702
6703 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6704
6705 CHANGES WITH 212:
6706
6707 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6708 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6709 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6710 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6711 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6712 by accident.
6713
6714 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6715 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6716 registered with machined.
6717
6718 * sd-login gained new calls
6719 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6720 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6721 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6722 counterparts.
6723
6724 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6725 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6726 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6727 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6728 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6729 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6730 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6731 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6732 once.
6733
6734 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6735 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6736 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6737
6738 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6739 units on all local containers, when used with the
6740 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6741 executed when no parameters are specified).
6742
6743 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6744 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6745 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6746 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6747
6748 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6749 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6750 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6751 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6752 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6753 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6754
6755 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6756 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6757 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6758 of the container.
6759
6760 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6761 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6762 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6763 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6764 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6765 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6766 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6767 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6768
6769 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6770 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6771 instead of /.
6772
6773 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6774 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6775 emergency messages now.
6776
6777 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6778 journal log messages across the network.
6779
6780 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6781 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6782 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6783 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6784 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6785 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6786 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6787
6788 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6789 down a local OS container.
6790
6791 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6792 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6793 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6794
6795 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6796 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6797 this is appropriate.
6798
6799 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6800 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6801 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6802
6803 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6804 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6805 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6806 for debugging purposes.
6807
6808 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6809 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6810 in seconds.
6811
6812 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6813 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6814 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6815 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6816 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6817 like on traditional inetd.
6818
6819 * A new system.conf configuration option
6820 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6821 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6822
6823 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6824 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6825 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6826 do these days).
6827
6828 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6829 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6830 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6831 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6832 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6833 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6834
6835 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6836 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6837 it will be triggered.
6838
6839 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6840 addresses to its local interfaces.
6841
6842 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6843 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6844 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6845 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6846 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6847 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6848 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6849 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6850 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6851
6852 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6853
6854 CHANGES WITH 211:
6855
6856 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6857 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6858 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6859 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6860 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6861 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6862
6863 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6864 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6865 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6866 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6867 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6868 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6869 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6870 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6871 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6872
6873 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6874 matching against device group names.
6875
6876 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6877 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6878 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6879 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6880 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6881 though.
6882
6883 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6884 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6885 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6886 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6887 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6888 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6889 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6890 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6891 systems prepared appropriately.
6892
6893 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6894 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6895 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6896 (see above). This means that installations made with
6897 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6898 deployed using container managers, completely
6899 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6900 this feature soon, too.)
6901
6902 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6903 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6904 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6905 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6906
6907 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6908 using IPv4LL.
6909
6910 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6911 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6912 systemd-networkd.
6913
6914 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6915 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6916 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6917 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6918 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6919
6920 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6921 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6922 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6923 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6924 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6925 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6926 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6927 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6928 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6929 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6930 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6931 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6932 users.
6933
6934 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6935 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6936 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6937 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6938 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6939 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6940 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6941 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6942 due to a closed lid.
6943
6944 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6945 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6946 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6947 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6948 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6949 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6950
6951 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6952 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6953 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6954 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6955 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6956
6957 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6958 now also work in --scope mode.
6959
6960 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6961 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6962 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6963 promises are made.)
6964
6965 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6966 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6967 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6968 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6969 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6970 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6971 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6972 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6973 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6974 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6975
6976 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6977
6978 CHANGES WITH 210:
6979
6980 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6981 according to SMACK rules.
6982
6983 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6984 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6985
6986 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6987 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6988 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6989
6990 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6991 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6992 and machine ID.
6993
6994 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6995 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6996 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6997 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6998 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6999 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7000 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7001 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7002 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7003 backpack or similar.
7004
7005 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7006 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7007 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7008 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7009 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7010 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7011 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7012 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7013 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7014 this on its own.
7015
7016 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7017 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7018 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7019 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7020
7021 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7022 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7023 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7024 --network-bridge= switches.
7025
7026 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7027 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7028 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7029 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7030 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7031 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7032 each configuration option.
7033
7034 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7035 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7036 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7037 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7038 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
7039
7040 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
7041 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
7042 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
7043 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
7044 triggered by other work being done in the program.
7045
7046 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
7047 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
7048 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
7049 default however.
7050
7051 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
7052 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
7053 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
7054 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
7055 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
7056 them with systemd-networkd.
7057
7058 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
7059 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
7060 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
7061 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
7062 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
7063 is drastically increased, but given that these are
7064 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
7065 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
7066 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
7067 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
7068 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
7069 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
7070 during a transitional period!
7071
7072 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
7073 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
7074
7075 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
7076 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7077 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
7078 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
7079 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7080 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7081 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7082 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7083
7084 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
7085
7086 CHANGES WITH 209:
7087
7088 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
7089 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
7090 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
7091 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
7092 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
7093 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
7094 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
7095 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
7096 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
7097 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
7098 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
7099 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
7100
7101 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
7102 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
7103 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
7104 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
7105 machines and the like.
7106
7107 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
7108 shutdown/boot.
7109
7110 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
7111 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
7112
7113 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
7114 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
7115 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
7116 prepared for additional security frameworks.
7117
7118 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
7119 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
7120 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
7121 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
7122 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
7123 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
7124
7125 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
7126 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
7127 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
7128 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
7129 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
7130 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
7131 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
7132 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
7133 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
7134
7135 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
7136 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
7137
7138 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
7139 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
7140 implementation.
7141
7142 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
7143 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
7144 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
7145 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
7146 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
7147 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
7148 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
7149 and .service units.
7150
7151 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
7152 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
7153 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
7154
7155 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
7156 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
7157 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
7158 nothing makes use of it.
7159
7160 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
7161 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
7162 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
7163
7164 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
7165 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
7166 compatibility purposes.
7167
7168 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
7169 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
7170 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
7171 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
7172 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
7173 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
7174 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
7175 process handling.
7176
7177 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
7178 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
7179 style to "sd-bus.h".
7180
7181 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
7182 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
7183 "systemd-networkd".
7184
7185 * There is a new kernel command line option
7186 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
7187 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
7188 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
7189 are not restored.
7190
7191 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
7192 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
7193 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
7194 PID1's support for that anymore.
7195
7196 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
7197 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
7198
7199 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
7200 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
7201 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
7202 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
7203 container that is registered with machined, such as those
7204 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
7205
7206 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
7207 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
7208 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
7209 onto remote systems.
7210
7211 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
7212 login in any local container. This works with any container
7213 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
7214 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
7215
7216 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
7217 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
7218 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
7219 system of some kind.
7220
7221 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
7222 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
7223 next.
7224
7225 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
7226 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
7227 reboot() system call.
7228
7229 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
7230 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
7231 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
7232 still available but not advertised anymore.
7233
7234 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
7235 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
7236 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
7237 within each Unit.
7238
7239 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
7240 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
7241 the kernel).
7242
7243 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
7244 timestamps (following the setting in
7245 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
7246
7247 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
7248 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
7249
7250 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
7251 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
7252
7253 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
7254 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
7255 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
7256
7257 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
7258 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
7259 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
7260 the full configuration is shown.
7261
7262 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
7263 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
7264 those commands which take multiple unit names.
7265
7266 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
7267
7268 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
7269 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
7270
7271 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
7272 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
7273 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
7274 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
7275
7276 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
7277 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
7278 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
7279 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
7280
7281 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
7282 of the legend text.
7283
7284 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
7285 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
7286 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
7287 remote sessions.
7288
7289 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
7290 information of SDIO devices.
7291
7292 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
7293 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
7294 the system manager.
7295
7296 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
7297 short description of the connection parameters in the
7298 description.
7299
7300 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
7301 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
7302 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
7303 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
7304 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
7305 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
7306 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
7307
7308 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
7309 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
7310 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
7311 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
7312 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
7313 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
7314 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
7315 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
7316 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
7317
7318 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
7319 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
7320 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
7321 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
7322 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
7323 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
7324 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
7325 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
7326 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
7327 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
7328 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
7329 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
7330 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
7331 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
7332 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
7333 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
7334 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
7335 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
7336 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
7337 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
7338 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
7339 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
7340 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
7341
7342 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
7343 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
7344 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
7345 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
7346 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
7347 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
7348 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
7349 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
7350 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
7351 that you are aware of the instability of the current
7352 APIs.
7353
7354 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
7355 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
7356 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
7357 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
7358 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
7359 declare the APIs stable.
7360
7361 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
7362 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
7363 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
7364 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
7365 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
7366 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
7367 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
7368 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
7369 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
7370 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
7371 one of them is updated.
7372
7373 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
7374 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
7375 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
7376 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
7377 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
7378
7379 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
7380 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
7381 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
7382 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
7383 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
7384 entry points.
7385
7386 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
7387 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
7388 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
7389 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
7390 been disabled at compile-time.
7391
7392 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
7393 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
7394 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
7395 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
7396
7397 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
7398 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
7399 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
7400
7401 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
7402 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
7403 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
7404
7405 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
7406 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
7407 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
7408
7409 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
7410 remains until jobs expire.
7411
7412 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
7413 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
7414 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
7415 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
7416 all remaining processes of the service.
7417
7418 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
7419 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
7420 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
7421 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
7422 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
7423 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
7424 manager process which created them takes no further
7425 responsibilities for it.
7426
7427 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
7428 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
7429 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
7430 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
7431 marked executable or world-writable.
7432
7433 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
7434 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
7435 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
7436 "--setenv=" for consistency.
7437
7438 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
7439 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
7440 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
7441 independent of the host.
7442
7443 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7444 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7445 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7446 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7447
7448 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7449 with specific SELinux labels set.
7450
7451 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7452 any additional output but the container's own console
7453 output.
7454
7455 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7456 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7457
7458 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7459 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7460 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7461 OS images, but only specific apps.
7462
7463 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7464 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7465 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7466 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7467
7468 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7469 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7470 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7471 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7472 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7473 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7474
7475 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7476 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7477 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7478 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7479 units to use.
7480
7481 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7482 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7483 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7484 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7485
7486 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7487 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7488 context for a service.
7489
7490 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7491 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7492 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7493 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7494 influence this logic.
7495
7496 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7497 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7498 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7499 other things.
7500
7501 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7502 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7503 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7504 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7505 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7506 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7507 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7508 architectures). There is also a global
7509 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7510 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7511
7512 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7513 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7514
7515 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7516 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7517 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7518 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7519 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7520 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7521 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7522 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7523 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7524 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7525 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7526 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7527 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7528 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7529 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7530 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7531 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7532 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7533 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7534 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7535 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7536 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7537 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7538 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7539
7540 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7541
7542 CHANGES WITH 208:
7543
7544 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7545 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7546 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7547 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7548 access input and drm devices which are normally
7549 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7550 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7551 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7552 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7553 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7554 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7555 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7556 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7557
7558 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7559 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7560 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7561
7562 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7563 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7564 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7565 kernel version number.
7566
7567 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7568 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7569 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7570
7571 * This release removes high-level support for the
7572 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7573 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7574 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7575 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7576
7577 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7578 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7579 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7580 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7581 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7582 cgroup system.
7583
7584 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7585 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7586 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7587 logs among other things.
7588
7589 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7590 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7591 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7592 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7593 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7594 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7595 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7596 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7597 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7598 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7599 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7600 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7601 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7602 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7603 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7604 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7605 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7606 not delayed until next reboot.
7607
7608 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7609 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7610 systemd generated files in one directory.
7611
7612 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7613 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7614 performance information if that's available to determine how
7615 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7616 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7617 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7618
7619 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7620 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7621 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7622 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7623 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7624 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7625 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7626
7627 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7628
7629 CHANGES WITH 207:
7630
7631 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7632 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7633 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7634 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7635
7636 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7637 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7638 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7639 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7640 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7641
7642 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7643 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7644
7645 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7646 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7647 maximum number of tries.
7648
7649 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7650 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7651 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7652
7653 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7654 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7655
7656 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7657 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7658 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7659
7660 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7661 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7662 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7663
7664 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7665 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7666 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7667 and type).
7668
7669 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7670 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7671
7672 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7673 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7674 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7675 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7676
7677 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7678 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7679 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7680 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7681 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7682 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7683 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7684 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7685
7686 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7687 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7688 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7689 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7690
7691 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7692 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7693 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7694 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7695 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7696 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7697 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7698
7699 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7700 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7701
7702 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7703 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7704 automatically after the process terminated.
7705
7706 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7707 certain paths from operation.
7708
7709 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7710 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7711 is received.
7712
7713 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7714 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7715 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7716 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7717 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7718 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7719 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7720 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7721 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7722 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7723 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7724 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7725 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7726
7727 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7728
7729 CHANGES WITH 206:
7730
7731 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7732 concepts introduced with 205.
7733
7734 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7735 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7736 -r".
7737
7738 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7739 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7740 --state= parameter.
7741
7742 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7743 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7744 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7745 the journal.
7746
7747 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7748 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7749 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7750
7751 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7752 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7753 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7754 browsing logs from that point on.
7755
7756 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7757 of an FSS key.
7758
7759 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7760 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7761 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7762 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7763 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7764 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7765 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7766 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7767 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7768 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7769 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7770 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7771 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7772 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7773
7774 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7775 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7776 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7777 backing module right-away.
7778
7779 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7780 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7781
7782 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7783 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7784
7785 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7786 set of processes in the message metadata.
7787
7788 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7789
7790 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7791 support for passing performance data via environment
7792 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7793 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7794 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7795 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7796 deserialize it again.
7797
7798 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7799 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7800 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7801 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7802
7803 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7804 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7805 completely silent shutdown when used.
7806
7807 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7808 option in .socket units.
7809
7810 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7811 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7812 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7813 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7814 system.slice as before.
7815
7816 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7817
7818 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7819 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7820 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7821 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7822 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7823 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7824 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7825
7826 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7827
7828 CHANGES WITH 205:
7829
7830 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7831
7832 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7833 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7834 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7835 possible for system services and applications to group their
7836 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7837 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7838 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7839
7840 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7841 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7842 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7843 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7844 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7845
7846 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7847 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7848 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7849 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7850
7851 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7852 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7853 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7854 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7855 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7856 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7857 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7858 and useful as a general batch manager.
7859
7860 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7861 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7862 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7863 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7864 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7865 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7866 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7867 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7868 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7869 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7870
7871 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7872 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7873 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7874 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7875 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7876 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7877 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7878 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7879 is compile-time optional.
7880
7881 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7882 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7883 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7884 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7885 well as slice units.
7886
7887 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7888 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7889 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7890 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7891 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7892 command that wraps this call.
7893
7894 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7895 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7896 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7897 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7898 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7899 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7900 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7901
7902 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7903 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7904 off audit.
7905
7906 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7907 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7908
7909 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7910 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7911 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7912 and system logs.
7913
7914 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7915 snippets extending unit files.
7916
7917 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7918 not available as public API.
7919
7920 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7921 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7922 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7923
7924 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7925 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7926 controls what to boot into by default.
7927
7928 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7929 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7930
7931 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7932 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7933 about the unit file loading.
7934
7935 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7936 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7937 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7938 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7939 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7940 racy due to journal file rotation.
7941
7942 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7943 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7944 all services.
7945
7946 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7947 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7948 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7949 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7950 system services want to log events about specific client
7951 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7952 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7953 unit is requested.
7954
7955 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7956 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7957 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7958 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7959 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7960 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7961 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7962 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7963 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7964 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7965 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7966 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7967 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7968
7969 CHANGES WITH 204:
7970
7971 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7972 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7973
7974 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7975 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7976 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7977
7978 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7979 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7980
7981 CHANGES WITH 203:
7982
7983 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7984 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7985
7986 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7987 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7988 fields, including the root directory.
7989
7990 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7991 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7992 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7993 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7994 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7995 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7996 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7997 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7998 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7999 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8000 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8001
8002 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8003 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8004
8005 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8006 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8007
8008 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8009 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8010 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8011 the local hostname.
8012
8013 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8014 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8015 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8016 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8017 VMs/containers coming and going.
8018
8019 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8020 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8021 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8022
8023 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8024 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8025 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8026 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8027
8028 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8029 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8030 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8031
8032 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8033 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8034 services. With the container's root directory in
8035 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8036 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8037
8038 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
8039 the processes within a certain container.
8040
8041 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
8042 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
8043 check though. Patches welcome!
8044
8045 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
8046 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
8047 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
8048 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
8049 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
8050
8051 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
8052 the passed argument if applicable.
8053
8054 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8055 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8056 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
8057 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8058 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
8059 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
8060 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8061 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8062
8063 CHANGES WITH 202:
8064
8065 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
8066 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
8067 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
8068 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
8069 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
8070 units activate.
8071
8072 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
8073 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
8074 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
8075 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
8076 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
8077 for now, and not installable.
8078
8079 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
8080 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
8081 can run in conjunction with udev.
8082
8083 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
8084 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
8085 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
8086 session manager.
8087
8088 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
8089 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
8090 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
8091 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
8092 services, user processes and containers/virtual
8093 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
8094 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
8095 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
8096 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
8097 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
8098 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
8099
8100 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
8101
8102 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
8103 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
8104 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
8105 logical expressions.
8106
8107 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
8108 switches.
8109
8110 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
8111 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
8112 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
8113 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
8114 the user.
8115
8116 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
8117 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
8118 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
8119 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
8120 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
8121 an entry.
8122
8123 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
8124 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8125 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
8126 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8127 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
8128 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8129
8130 CHANGES WITH 201:
8131
8132 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
8133 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
8134 directory.
8135
8136 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
8137 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
8138 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
8139 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
8140 problem.
8141
8142 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
8143 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
8144 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
8145 before the key file is attempted to be read.
8146
8147 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
8148 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
8149
8150 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
8151 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
8152 files in this context are files such as
8153 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
8154
8155 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
8156 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
8157 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
8158 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
8159 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
8160 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
8161
8162 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
8163 hostnames.
8164
8165 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
8166 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
8167 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
8168 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
8169 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
8170 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
8171 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
8172 all time-related output of systemd.
8173
8174 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
8175 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
8176 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
8177 loops.
8178
8179 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
8180 (models, layouts, variants, options).
8181
8182 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
8183 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
8184 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
8185 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
8186 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
8187
8188 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
8189 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
8190 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
8191 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
8192 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
8193 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
8194 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
8195
8196 CHANGES WITH 200:
8197
8198 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
8199 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
8200 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
8201 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
8202 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
8203 middle ground between physical and access time order.
8204
8205 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
8206 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
8207 images.
8208
8209 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
8210 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
8211 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8212
8213 CHANGES WITH 199:
8214
8215 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
8216
8217 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
8218 security policy.
8219
8220 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8221 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
8222 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
8223 shared by all processes of a service (which means
8224 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
8225 the same service can still access). When a service is
8226 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
8227 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
8228 this though).
8229
8230 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
8231 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
8232 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
8233 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
8234 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
8235 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
8236
8237 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
8238 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
8239
8240 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
8241 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
8242
8243 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
8244
8245 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
8246 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
8247 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
8248 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
8249 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
8250
8251 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
8252 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
8253 system is to be mounted.
8254
8255 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
8256 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
8257 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
8258 purpose for socket units.
8259
8260 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
8261 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
8262
8263 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
8264 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
8265 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
8266 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
8267 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
8268
8269 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
8270 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
8271 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
8272 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8273 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
8274 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
8275 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8276 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8277 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8278
8279 CHANGES WITH 198:
8280
8281 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
8282 files without having to edit/override the unit files
8283 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
8284 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
8285 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
8286 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
8287 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
8288 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
8289 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
8290 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
8291 unit files locally: copying the files from
8292 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
8293 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
8294 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
8295 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
8296 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
8297 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
8298 for them too.
8299
8300 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
8301 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
8302 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
8303 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
8304 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
8305 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
8306 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
8307 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
8308 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
8309
8310 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
8311 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
8312
8313 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
8314 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
8315 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
8316 other users.
8317
8318 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
8319 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
8320 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
8321 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
8322 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
8323 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
8324 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
8325 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
8326 management logic is also available to other programs via the
8327 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
8328 supported.
8329
8330 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
8331 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
8332 the foreground VT.
8333
8334 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
8335 call.
8336
8337 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
8338 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
8339 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
8340 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
8341 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
8342 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
8343 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
8344 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
8345 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
8346 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
8347 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
8348 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
8349 also been removed.
8350
8351 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
8352 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
8353 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
8354 objects themselves.
8355
8356 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
8357
8358 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
8359 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
8360 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
8361 to how this is supported in shells.
8362
8363 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
8364 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
8365 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
8366 user systemd instance.
8367
8368 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
8369 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
8370 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
8371 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
8372 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
8373 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
8374 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
8375 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
8376 one day for good in the kernel.
8377
8378 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
8379 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
8380 container.
8381
8382 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
8383 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
8384 the host into the container.
8385
8386 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
8387 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
8388 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
8389 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
8390 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
8391 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
8392
8393 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
8394
8395 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
8396 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
8397 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
8398 configured to be mounted there.
8399
8400 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
8401 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
8402 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
8403 system resume events.
8404
8405 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
8406 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
8407 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
8408 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
8409
8410 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
8411 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
8412 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
8413 card).
8414
8415 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
8416 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
8417 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
8418
8419 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
8420 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
8421 later "change" event.
8422
8423 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
8424 now carry a message ID.
8425
8426 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
8427 continues to be work in progress.
8428
8429 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
8430 root directory to operate relative to.
8431
8432 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
8433 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
8434 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
8435 times a little.
8436
8437 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
8438 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
8439 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
8440 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
8441 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
8442 request boot into firmware operations.
8443
8444 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8445 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8446 correctly in initrds.
8447
8448 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8449 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8450
8451 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8452 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8453
8454 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8455 the status of all active or failed units.
8456
8457 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8458 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8459 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8460 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8461 requests more robust.
8462
8463 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8464 reading journal files.
8465
8466 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8467 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8468
8469 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8470
8471 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8472 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8473
8474 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8475 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8476 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8477 socket activation in daemons.
8478
8479 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8480 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8481
8482 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8483 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8484 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8485
8486 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8487 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8488 system units.
8489
8490 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8491 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8492 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8493
8494 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8495 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8496 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8497 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8498 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8499 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8500 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8501 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8502 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8503 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8504 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8505 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8506 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8507 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8508 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8509 package installation time.
8510
8511 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8512 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8513 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8514 installation time.
8515
8516 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8517 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8518
8519 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8520
8521 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8522 available.
8523
8524 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8525 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8526
8527 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8528 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8529 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8530 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8531 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8532 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8533 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8534 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8535 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8536 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8537 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8538 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8539 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8540 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8541
8542 CHANGES WITH 197:
8543
8544 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8545 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8546 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8547 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8548 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8549 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8550 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8551 the supported calendar time specification language see
8552 systemd.time(7).
8553
8554 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8555 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8556 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8557 document for details:
8558
8559 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8560
8561 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8562 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8563 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8564 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8565 dependencies.
8566
8567 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8568 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8569 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8570 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8571 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8572 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8573 with a configure switch.
8574
8575 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8576 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8577 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8578 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8579 such as ext4.
8580
8581 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8582 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8583 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8584
8585 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8586 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8587
8588 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8589 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8590 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8591 using only core OS tools.
8592
8593 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8594 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8595 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8596 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8597 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8598 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8599 eventually.
8600
8601 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8602 presenting log data.
8603
8604 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8605 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8606
8607 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8608 system on idle.
8609
8610 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8611 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8612 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8613 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8614 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8615 information if possible.
8616
8617 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8618 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8619 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8620
8621 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8622 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8623 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8624 is running on battery power.
8625
8626 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8627 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8628 is in the "failed" state.
8629
8630 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8631 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8632 environment files at once.
8633
8634 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8635 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8636 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8637 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8638 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8639 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8640 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8641 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8642 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8643 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8644 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8645 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8646 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8647
8648 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8649 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8650
8651 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8652 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8653
8654 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8655 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8656 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8657 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8658 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8659 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8660 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8661 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8662 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8663 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8664 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8665 shipped from us upstream.
8666
8667 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8668 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8669 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8670 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8671 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8672 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8673 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8674 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8675 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8676 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8677 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8678 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8679 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8680
8681 CHANGES WITH 196:
8682
8683 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8684 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8685 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8686 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8687 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8688 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8689 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8690 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8691 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8692 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8693 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8694 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8695 data for all devices where this is available, by
8696 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8697 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8698 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8699 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8700 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8701 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8702
8703 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8704 indexed database to link up additional information with
8705 journal entries. For further details please check:
8706
8707 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8708
8709 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8710 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8711 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8712 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8713 macro for this purpose.
8714
8715 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8716 Python logging framework.
8717
8718 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8719 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8720 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8721 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8722 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8723 time intervals.
8724
8725 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8726 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8727 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8728
8729 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8730 right-away on the selected coredump.
8731
8732 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8733 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8734 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8735
8736 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8737 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8738 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8739 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8740
8741 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8742 default.
8743
8744 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8745 SMACK security label.
8746
8747 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8748 daylight saving change.
8749
8750 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8751 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8752 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8753 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8754 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8755 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8756 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8757
8758 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8759 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8760 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8761 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8762 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8763 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8764 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8765
8766 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8767 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8768
8769 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8770 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8771 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8772 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8773 offline updating tools.
8774
8775 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8776 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8777 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8778 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8779 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8780 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8781
8782 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8783 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8784
8785 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8786 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8787 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8788 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8789 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8790 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8791 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8792 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8793 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8794
8795 CHANGES WITH 195:
8796
8797 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8798 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8799 units via --unit=/-u.
8800
8801 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8802 right thing.
8803
8804 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8805 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8806 rotation.
8807
8808 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8809 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8810 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8811 completion of journalctl has been updated
8812 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8813 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8814
8815 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8816 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8817
8818 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8819 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8820 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8821 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8822 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8823 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8824 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8825 completion.
8826
8827 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8828 extract coredumps from the journal.
8829
8830 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8831 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8832 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8833 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8834 scratch their heads.
8835
8836 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8837 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8838
8839 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8840 in immediate termination of systemd.
8841
8842 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8843 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8844
8845 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8846 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8847 mouse screen support has been added.
8848
8849 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8850 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8851
8852 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8853 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8854 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8855 "systemctl reload".
8856
8857 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8858 -u" instead.
8859
8860 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8861 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8862 configured.
8863
8864 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8865 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8866
8867 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8868 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8869 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8870 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8871 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8872 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8873 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8874
8875 CHANGES WITH 194:
8876
8877 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8878 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8879 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8880 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8881 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8882 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8883 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8884 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8885 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8886 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8887 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8888 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8889
8890 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8891 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8892 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8893
8894 CHANGES WITH 193:
8895
8896 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8897 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8898
8899 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8900 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8901 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8902
8903 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8904 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8905 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8906 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8907 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8908 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8909 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8910
8911 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8912 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8913
8914 This will download the journal contents in a
8915 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8916
8917 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8918
8919 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8920 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8921 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8922 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8923 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8924
8925 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8926
8927 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8928 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8929
8930 CHANGES WITH 192:
8931
8932 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8933 too.
8934
8935 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8936 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8937 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8938 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8939 just start them.
8940
8941 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8942 and line break accordingly.
8943
8944 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8945 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8946
8947 CHANGES WITH 191:
8948
8949 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8950 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8951 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8952 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8953 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8954
8955 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8956 will default to 10 if omitted.
8957
8958 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8959 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8960 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8961 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8962 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8963
8964 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8965 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8966 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8967 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8968 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8969 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8970 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8971
8972 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8973 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8974 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8975 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8976 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8977 into two.
8978
8979 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8980 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8981
8982 CHANGES WITH 190:
8983
8984 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8985 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8986 "systemctl status".
8987
8988 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8989 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8990 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8991 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8992 field.)
8993
8994 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8995 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8996 default.
8997
8998 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8999 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9000 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9001 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9002 in a container.
9003
9004 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9005 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9006 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9007 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9008 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9009 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9010
9011 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9012 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9013 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9014 no-op.
9015
9016 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9017 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9018 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9019 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9020 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9021
9022 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9023 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9024
9025 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9026 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9027 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9028 command.
9029
9030 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9031 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9032 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9033
9034 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9035
9036 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9037 multiple files at once.
9038
9039 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
9040 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
9041 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
9042 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
9043 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
9044 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
9045 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
9046
9047 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
9048 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
9049 now support specifiers as well.
9050
9051 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
9052 dir: %_presetdir.
9053
9054 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
9055 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
9056
9057 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
9058 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
9059 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
9060 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
9061 anymore.
9062
9063 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
9064 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
9065 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
9066 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
9067
9068 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
9069 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
9070 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
9071
9072 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
9073 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
9074 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
9075 sockets.
9076
9077 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
9078 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
9079 is changed.
9080
9081 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
9082 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
9083 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
9084 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
9085 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
9086 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
9087 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
9088
9089 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
9090
9091 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
9092 the unit file label and client process label into account.
9093
9094 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
9095 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
9096
9097 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
9098 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
9099 (%b).
9100
9101 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
9102 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
9103 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9104 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9105 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
9106 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
9107 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9108
9109 CHANGES WITH 189:
9110
9111 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
9112 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
9113
9114 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
9115 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
9116 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
9117 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
9118 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
9119 syslog daemons again.
9120
9121 * The libudev API gained the new
9122 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
9123
9124 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
9125 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
9126 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
9127 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
9128
9129 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
9130 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
9131 container.
9132
9133 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
9134 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
9135 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
9136 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
9137 this explaining it in more detail.
9138
9139 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
9140 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
9141 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
9142 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
9143
9144 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
9145 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
9146 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
9147 journal files.
9148
9149 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
9150 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
9151 as container init process a lot more fun.
9152
9153 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
9154 entries.
9155
9156 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
9157 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
9158 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
9159 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
9160 different sets of services.
9161
9162 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
9163 failure state.
9164
9165 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
9166 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
9167 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9168
9169 CHANGES WITH 188:
9170
9171 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
9172 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
9173 tree a lot more organized.
9174
9175 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
9176 may be used to group services in a natural way.
9177
9178 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
9179 services.
9180
9181 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
9182 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
9183 filtering by log level now.
9184
9185 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
9186 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
9187 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
9188
9189 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
9190 command lines involving service unit names.
9191
9192 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
9193 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
9194
9195 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
9196 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
9197 and encodes structured information about the error number.
9198
9199 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
9200 option.
9201
9202 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
9203 a shutdown is cancelled.
9204
9205 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
9206 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
9207 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
9208 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
9209 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
9210
9211 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
9212 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
9213 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
9214 for display managers instead.
9215
9216 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
9217 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
9218 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
9219 protection, and suchlike.
9220
9221 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
9222 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
9223 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
9224 the service.
9225
9226 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
9227 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
9228 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
9229 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
9230 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
9231 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9232
9233 CHANGES WITH 187:
9234
9235 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
9236 pages.
9237
9238 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
9239 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
9240 data loss.
9241
9242 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
9243 option.
9244
9245 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
9246
9247 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
9248 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
9249
9250 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
9251 specific directory.
9252
9253 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
9254 messages of two different boots.
9255
9256 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
9257 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
9258 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
9259
9260 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
9261 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
9262 disjunctions.
9263
9264 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
9265 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
9266 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
9267
9268 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
9269 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
9270 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
9271
9272 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
9273 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
9274 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
9275 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
9276 speed things up a bit.
9277
9278 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
9279 header data of journal files.
9280
9281 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
9282 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
9283 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
9284
9285 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
9286 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
9287 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
9288 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
9289
9290 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9291
9292 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
9293 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
9294 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9295 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9296
9297 CHANGES WITH 186:
9298
9299 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
9300 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
9301 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
9302 prefixed with rd.
9303
9304 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
9305 automatically generated at boot. Use:
9306
9307 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
9308
9309 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
9310
9311 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
9312
9313 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
9314 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
9315 as well.
9316
9317 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
9318 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
9319 in all appropriate directories automatically.
9320
9321 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
9322 does the right thing. Example:
9323
9324 udevadm info /dev/sda
9325 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
9326
9327 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
9328 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
9329 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
9330 running.
9331
9332 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
9333 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
9334
9335 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
9336 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
9337
9338 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
9339 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
9340 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
9341 files.
9342
9343 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
9344 be stopped that is not loaded.
9345
9346 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
9347
9348 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
9349
9350 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
9351 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
9352 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
9353 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
9354
9355 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
9356 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
9357 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
9358 completed initialization.
9359
9360 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
9361
9362 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
9363 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
9364 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
9365 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
9366 distributions.
9367
9368 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
9369 always valid when services log to the journal via
9370 STDOUT/STDERR.
9371
9372 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
9373 command line options we understand.
9374
9375 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
9376 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
9377
9378 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
9379 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
9380
9381 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
9382 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
9383 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
9384 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
9385
9386 systemctl status /home
9387 systemctl status /dev/sda
9388
9389 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
9390 system.conf parsing.
9391
9392 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
9393 Manager object.
9394
9395 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
9396
9397 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
9398
9399 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
9400 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
9401 complete.
9402
9403 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
9404 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
9405 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
9406 systemd-fsck@.service.
9407
9408 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
9409 Manager object.
9410
9411 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
9412 work sensibly.
9413
9414 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
9415 we actually understand.
9416
9417 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
9418 additional capabilities to the container.
9419
9420 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
9421 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
9422 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
9423
9424 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
9425 the current boot only.
9426
9427 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
9428 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
9429
9430 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
9431 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
9432 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
9433 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
9434 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
9435
9436 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9437
9438 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
9439 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9440 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
9441 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
9442
9443 CHANGES WITH 185:
9444
9445 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9446 available.
9447
9448 * Several new man pages have been added.
9449
9450 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9451 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9452 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9453 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9454
9455 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9456 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9457
9458 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9459 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9460 Matthias Clasen
9461
9462 CHANGES WITH 184:
9463
9464 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9465 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9466
9467 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9468 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9469 daemon.
9470
9471 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9472 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9473
9474 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9475 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9476 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9477 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9478
9479 CHANGES WITH 183:
9480
9481 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9482 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9483 and systemd's most recent version number.
9484
9485 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9486 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9487 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9488 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9489 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9490 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9491
9492 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9493 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9494 subsystems.
9495
9496 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9497 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9498 used to subscribe to events.
9499
9500 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9501 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9502 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9503 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9504 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9505 forked by udev rules.
9506
9507 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9508 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9509 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9510 it.
9511
9512 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9513 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9514 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9515 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9516 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9517
9518 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9519 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9520
9521 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9522 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9523 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9524 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9525
9526 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9527 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9528 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9529 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9530 to be used as drop-in files.
9531
9532 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9533 particular suspending and hibernating.
9534
9535 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9536 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9537 about this in more detail.
9538
9539 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9540 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9541 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9542 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9543 from git history and add them downstream.
9544
9545 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9546 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9547 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9548 units.
9549
9550 * All smaller setup units (such as
9551 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9552 are run in a container and are skipped when
9553 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9554 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9555
9556 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9557 integrated, for details see:
9558 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9559
9560 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9561 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9562 messages.
9563
9564 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9565 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9566 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9567 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9568 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9569
9570 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9571 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9572 for all units started by PID 1.
9573
9574 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9575 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9576 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9577
9578 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9579 of PID 1 anymore.
9580
9581 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9582 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9583 have not been read by systemd yet.
9584
9585 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9586 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9587 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9588 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9589 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9590 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9591
9592 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9593 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9594
9595 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9596
9597 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9598 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9599 so sexy.
9600
9601 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9602 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9603 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9604 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9605 patterns.
9606
9607 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9608 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9609 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9610 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9611
9612 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9613 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9614
9615 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9616 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9617 in systemd now.
9618
9619 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9620 ID on the command line.
9621
9622 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9623 for an init system.
9624
9625 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9626 vt100.
9627
9628 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9629
9630 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9631 components now have directories of their own.
9632
9633 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9634
9635 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9636 container in other hierarchies.
9637
9638 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9639 system.conf.
9640
9641 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9642
9643 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9644 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9645
9646 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9647 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9648
9649 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9650 locally generated journal files.
9651
9652 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9653
9654 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9655
9656 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9657 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9658 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9659 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9660 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9661 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9662 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9663 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9664 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9665 Gundersen
9666
9667 CHANGES WITH 44:
9668
9669 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9670
9671 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9672 KVM or container configured UUID.
9673
9674 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9675
9676 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9677
9678 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9679 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9680
9681 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9682
9683 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9684 folks
9685
9686 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9687 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9688 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9689
9690 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9691 configuration
9692
9693 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9694 free fashion
9695
9696 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9697 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9698 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9699 automatically generated data.
9700
9701 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9702 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9703 however.
9704
9705 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9706 tarball.
9707
9708 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9709 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9710 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9711 Reding
9712
9713 CHANGES WITH 43:
9714
9715 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9716
9717 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9718
9719 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9720
9721 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9722 normal user logins.
9723
9724 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9725 Biebl
9726
9727 CHANGES WITH 42:
9728
9729 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9730
9731 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9732 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9733 xsltproc.
9734
9735 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9736 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9737 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9738
9739 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9740 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9741 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9742
9743 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9744
9745 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9746 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9747 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9748
9749 CHANGES WITH 41:
9750
9751 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9752 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9753 package update.
9754
9755 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9756 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9757 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9758
9759 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9760 complete.
9761
9762 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9763 understood to set system wide environment variables
9764 dynamically at boot.
9765
9766 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9767
9768 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9769 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9770 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9771 files.
9772
9773 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9774 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9775 William Douglas
9776
9777 CHANGES WITH 40:
9778
9779 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9780
9781 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9782 "Result" D-Bus property.
9783
9784 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9785 the next few releases.)
9786
9787 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9788 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9789 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9790 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9791
9792 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9793 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9794 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9795
9796 CHANGES WITH 39:
9797
9798 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9799 bugfixes.
9800
9801 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9802 resource usage.
9803
9804 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9805 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9806 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9807 journals by the respective users.
9808
9809 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9810 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9811 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9812
9813 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9814 client for all entries.
9815
9816 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9817
9818 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9819 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9820
9821 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9822 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9823 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9824 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9825
9826 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9827 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9828 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9829
9830 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9831 journal along with meta data.
9832
9833 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9834 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9835 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9836
9837 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9838 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9839 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9840
9841 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9842
9843 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9844 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9845 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9846 or fsck.
9847
9848 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9849 requested with new -k switch.
9850
9851 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9852 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9853
9854 CHANGES WITH 38:
9855
9856 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9857 bugfixes.
9858
9859 * The git repository moved to:
9860 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9861 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9862
9863 * First release with the journal
9864 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9865
9866 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9867 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9868
9869 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9870
9871 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9872
9873 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9874 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9875 remote mounts.
9876
9877 * Added Mageia support
9878
9879 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9880
9881 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9882 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9883 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9884 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9885 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9886
9887 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9888 of existing distributions.
9889
9890 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9891 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9892
9893 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9894 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9895 boot.
9896
9897 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9898
9899 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9900 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9901 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9902 among other things.
9903
9904 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9905 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9906
9907 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9908
9909 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9910 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9911 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9912
9913 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9914 restored.
9915
9916 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9917 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9918 kmod
9919
9920 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9921 of /usr/local by default.
9922
9923 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9924 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9925 in:
9926 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9927
9928 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9929 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9930 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9931 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9932 supported anyway, and bad style).
9933
9934 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9935 reloading of units together.
9936
9937 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9938 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9939 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9940 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9941 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek